manualshive.com logo in svg

Chery Tiggo 2009, Руководство по обслуживанию

Поделиться
Скачать
Chery Tiggo 2009 Скачать руководство пользователя страница 678

P0506 - Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected

On Board Diagnostic Logic

•

Self-diagnosis detection logic.

•

If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.

DTC NO.

DTC DEFINITION

DTC DETECTION

CONDITION

DTC SET

CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE

P0506

Idle control system

RPM lower than

expected

•

Engine is running

•

With the engine

idling in drive, the
brake applied,
engine run time
below a calibrated
minimum value, and
no VSS, MAF/MAP,
ECT, TPS, ETC,
Crankshaft Position
sensor, fuel system,
or injector DTCs
present.

ECM detected that

the idle speed is

less than the

acceptable range.

•

Electronic throttle

control actuator

•

Intake air leak

•

ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure:

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V.

•

Turn ignition switch off.

•

Connect the X-431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector (DLC) - use the most current software available.

•

Turn ignition switch on.

•

With the scan tool, record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM.

•

Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature then select view DTC.

•

If DTC is detected, go to Diagnostic Procedure - Step 1.

•

If the DTC is not detected, the DTC condition is intermittent (See Diagnosis & Testing Diagnostic Help in Sec-
tion 03 Electronic Engine Controls).

NOTE :
While performing electrical diagnosis & testing, always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit
and component information.

DIAGNOSIS & TESTING

03–

394

Chery Automobile Co., Ltd.

Содержание Tiggo 2009

Страница 1: ...of this manual without obligation or advance notice All rights reserved No part of this book may be reproduced or used in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying and r...

Страница 2: ...ns 01 2 VEHICLE SERVICE PREPARATION 01 3 Preparation For Vehicle Service 01 3 Tools and Testing Equipment 01 3 Special Tools 01 3 Disconnection of the Negative Battery Cable 01 4 PROPER SERVICE PRACTI...

Страница 3: ...stallation instructions Integrated torque specifications Integrated illustrations Component specifications Diagnostic Procedures The diagnostic procedures are grouped into the following Diagnostic Tro...

Страница 4: ...Tools and Testing Equipment Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring equipment are available before starting any work Inspect the vehicle and reference any needed ser vice information before sta...

Страница 5: ...nd then wait two minutes to allow the backup supply of the air bag diagnostic monitor unit to deplete its stored power Disconnecting the battery cable deletes the memo ries of the clock audio and DTCs...

Страница 6: ...eign material from entering Component Disassembly If the disassembly procedure is complex requiring many parts to be disassembled make sure that all parts are disassembled in a way that will not affec...

Страница 7: ...ressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out causing injury to the eyes Wear protective eyewear whenever using compressed air Component Reassembly Standard values such as torques and certa...

Страница 8: ...ng components of parts Apply specified oil or grease at the prescribed locations such as oil seals before reassembly reassembly Adjustments Use suitable gauges and testers when making adjustments Rubb...

Страница 9: ...namometer Place a fan preferably a vehicle speed proportional type in front of the vehicle Connect an exhaust gas ventilation unit WARNING Exhaust gases can injure or kill They contain carbon monoxide...

Страница 10: ...VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN 01 10 VIN Location 01 10 VIN Identification Codes 01 11 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS 01 13 International Symbols 01 13 FASTENER USAGE 01 14 Fastener Usage 01 14 01 01 9 Cher...

Страница 11: ...The VIN is printed on a plastic tag attached to the top right corner of the upper instrument panel The VIN is also found on the vehicle certification VC label Vehicle Identification Number VIN Tag Loc...

Страница 12: ...ented by the letter D Digit 5 The fifth digit of the VIN code represents the body configuration of the vehicle A represents three compartments five door and 4X2 B represents two compartments five door...

Страница 13: ...ugh computation after confirming the other six teen digits of the VIN Digit 10 The tenth VIN position represents the model year code 5 represents the year 2005 Digit 11 The eleventh VIN position repre...

Страница 14: ...bols 1 High Beam 2 Fog Lamps 3 Headlamp Parking Lamps Panel Lamps 4 Turn Signals 5 Hazard Warning 6 Front Windshield Washer 7 Front Windshield Wiper 8 Front Windshield Wiper and Washer 9 Front Windshi...

Страница 15: ...onal injury or death Fasteners and torque specification references in this Service Manual are identified in metric format During any maintenance or repair procedures it is important to salvage all fas...

Страница 16: ...01 16 Performing Efficient Electrical Circuit Diagnosis and Troubleshooting 01 16 Electrical Circuit Simulation Tests 01 16 Precautions For Handling Control Modules and Electrical Components 01 18 Ho...

Страница 17: ...service If possible re create the conditions present at the time of the incident Doing so may help avoid a No Trouble Found Diagnosis The following illustrates tests to simulate the conditions enviro...

Страница 18: ...lectrical component is heat sensitive heat the component with a heat gun or equivalent CAUTION Do not heat components above 60 C 140 F If the incident occurs while heat testing the component replace o...

Страница 19: ...g components Do not apply excessive force when disconnecting a connector If a connector is installed by tightening bolts loosen mounting bolt then remove it by hand When connecting components Before i...

Страница 20: ...een the wire and connec tor may result Probing From Terminal Side Female Terminal Do not insert any object into the female connector that is bigger than the male terminal Male Terminal Carefully probe...

Страница 21: ...ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 01 21 Connector Symbols 01 21 Option Splices 01 22 Electrical Schematic Example 01 23 HOW TO LOCATE ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS IN THE SERVICE MANUAL 01 25 Electrical Schematic Index 0...

Страница 22: ...shown from the harness side are enclosed by a double line and followed by the direction mark Most of the connector symbols in the wiring dia grams are shown from the terminal side In electrical schema...

Страница 23: ...Option Splices Option splices are shown with solid diamond shaped boxes with identification numbers inside HOW TO READ ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS BESMW010002T 01 22 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 24: ...Electrical Schematic Example HOW TO READ ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS BESMW010001T 01 01 23 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 25: ...ation This represents that the circuit is optional depending on vehicle application 12 Ground GND This represents the ground connection See Ground Distribution in Section 16 Wiring Ground connector nu...

Страница 26: ...nic Engine Controls Engine Control Module ECM Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Knock Sensor Upstream Oxygen Sensor Downstream Oxygen Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Camshaft Position Sensor Ignitio...

Страница 27: ...line Axle None 10 Suspension None 11 Steering Power Steering Switch 12 Brakes Antilock Brake System ABS Module Wheel Speed Sensors Brake Switch Parking Brake Switch Brake Fluid Level Switch 13 Heating...

Страница 28: ...reviation List TERM ABBREVIATION Antilock Brake System ABS Accelerator Sensor AES Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor APS Automatic Temperature Control ATC Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF Body Control Mod...

Страница 29: ...nput Shaft Speed Sensor ISS Sensor Knock Sensor KS Manifold Absolute Pressure MAP Mass Air Flow MAF Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL Oil Pressure Switch OPS Output Shaft Speed Sensor OSS Sensor Positive...

Страница 30: ...l Installation 02 19 Camshaft 02 20 Removal Installation 02 20 Cylinder Head 02 23 Removal Installation 02 23 Front Crankshaft Oil Seal 02 25 Removal Installation 02 25 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal 02 27...

Страница 31: ...02 60 Specifications 02 60 Disassembly 02 60 Inspection 02 61 Assembly 02 62 CYLINDER HEAD UNIT REPAIR 02 63 Cylinder Head 02 63 Specifications 02 63 Disassembly 02 63 Inspection 02 65 Assembly 02 65...

Страница 32: ...a sprocket that is located on the crankshaft The piston assembly is an aluminum piston with a cast iron con necting rod The aluminum cylinder head contains dual overhead camshafts with 4 valve per cyl...

Страница 33: ...learance First Ring 0 04 0 08 mm Second Ring 0 01 0 0251 mm Connecting Rod Radial Clearance 0 016 0 051 mm Connecting Rod Axial Clearance 0 002 0 013 mm Diameter Of Crankshaft Main Journals 53 981 54...

Страница 34: ...ust Valve 5 96 0 008 mm Valve Guide Inner Diameter Intake Valve 5 4 0 1 mm Exhaust Valve 5 4 0 1 mm Fringe Thickness On Top Of Valve Intake Valve 0 3 0 15 mm Exhaust Valve 0 3 0 15 mm Valve Tilt Angle...

Страница 35: ...ust Manifold Nuts 25 Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Bolts 15 Exhaust Camshaft Timing Belt Pulley Bolt 120 Flywheel Bolts manual transaxle 75 Fuel Rail Bracket Bolts 11 Idler Pulley Bolt 40 Intake Camsha...

Страница 36: ...Mount Bolt Remover CH 20001 Camshaft Seal Installer CH 20002 Crankshaft Holder CH 20003 Valve Spring Compressor Adaptor CH 20004 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Installer CH 20005 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02...

Страница 37: ...haft Oil Seal Guide CH 20006 Front Crankshaft Seal Installer CH 20007 Front Crankshaft Seal Guide CH 20008 Camshaft Holder CH 20010 Valve Seal Installer CH 20011 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 8 Chery Automob...

Страница 38: ...al Installer Guide CH 20012 Valve Seal Remover CH 20013 Valve Keeper Installer CH 20017 Valve Spring Compressor CH 20018 Crankshaft Belt Pulley Fixture CH 20019 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02 9 Chery Autom...

Страница 39: ...led passages in the crankshaft to lubricate the con necting rod bearings Controlled leakage through the crankshaft main bearings and connecting rod bearings is slung radially outward to cool and lubri...

Страница 40: ...lunger 10 Flange Bolt 11 Flange Bolt 12 Oil Cooler 13 Oil Filter Connector 14 Oil Filter 15 Dowel Pin 16 Oil Pan Bolt 17 Oil Pan Bolt 18 Oil Pan Bolt 19 Oil Pan 20 O Ring 21 O Ring 22 Oil Pump Straine...

Страница 41: ...et Oil Passage if equipped 6 To Cylinder Head 7 Oil Return Passage 8 To Front Bearing Cap 9 To Middle Bearing Cap 10 Oil Dipstick 11 To Crankcase 12 Crankcase Pipe 13 Oil Filter Bracket 14 Oil Pressur...

Страница 42: ...kage 4 Faulty ignition coil s 1 Test minimum air flow Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 2 Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 3 Inspect intake manifold manifold gasket and vacuum hos...

Страница 43: ...rrect viscosity 3 Change engine oil and filter 4 Check and correct engine oil level 5 Install new camshaft 6 Replace cylinder head 7 Grind valve seats and replace valves Connecting Rod Noise 1 Insuffi...

Страница 44: ...ose fastener broken or porous metal part 3 Misaligned or deteriorated cup or threaded plug 1 Replace gasket 2 Tighten repair or replace the part 3 Replace if necessary Oil Consumption Or Spark Plugs F...

Страница 45: ...a and not vary more than 25 percent from cylinder to cylinder If one or more cylinders have abnormally low compression pressures repeat the compression test If the same cylinder or cylinders repeat an...

Страница 46: ...placing hands near the drive belt tensioner while it is being held 1 Drive Belt 2 Generator Bolt 3 Tensioner Pulley Bolt 4 Tensioner 5 Compressor 6 Generator 7 Idler Pulley 8 Generator Bracket 9 Gener...

Страница 47: ...raise the air cleaner case upper 2 Remove the air cleaner element 3 Install a new air cleaner element 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes If necessary clean the insid...

Страница 48: ...r Head Cover Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the engine cover 3 Use compressed air to blow dirt and debris off the cylinder head cover prior to removal 4 Disconne...

Страница 49: ...required to perform the repair procedure CH 20002 Camshaft Seal Installer CH 20010 Camshaft Holder 1 Remove the accessory drive belt See Accessory Drive Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine...

Страница 50: ...N m NOTE Equally loosen camshaft bearing cap bolts in several steps 7 Remove the camshaft bearing caps and place them in proper order NOTE The camshaft bearing caps are marked for identification 8 Rem...

Страница 51: ...t the camshafts from rotating in either direction Use special tool CH 20002 1 to install the camshaft seal Install the intake and exhaust camshaft bearing caps in the proper order Slowly tighten bolts...

Страница 52: ...2 Engine 3 Remove the camshafts See Camshaft Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Remove intake manifold See Intake Manifold Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 5 Remove exhaust manifold...

Страница 53: ...re not damaged The cylinder head bolts should not be reused The new bolts should be examined before use If the bolts are stretched the bolts should be replaced Position the new cylinder head gasket on...

Страница 54: ...required to perform the repair procedure CH 20007 Front Crankshaft Seal Installer CH 20008 Front Crankshaft Seal Guide CH 20019 Crankshaft Belt Pulley Fixture 1 Remove the accessory drive belt See Acc...

Страница 55: ...ol and remove the front crankshaft oil seal 1 CAUTION Be careful not to damage the front cover seal surface while removing the seal 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes...

Страница 56: ...ssembly See Transaxle Assembly Removal Installation in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case 2 Using special tool CH 20043 1 hold the flywheel 3 Remove the clutch pressure plate retaining bolts 1 and the...

Страница 57: ...ling seal lubricate seal guide with clean engine oil Position the seal over the rear crankshaft seal guide Use special tool CH 20005 2 CH 20006 1 to install the rear crankshaft oil seal Ensure that th...

Страница 58: ...engine hoist 3 Remove the air cleaner housing See Air Cleaner Housing Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Remove the air cleaner housing base tray 5 Remove the engine left mount retaining bolt...

Страница 59: ...en Engine right mount bolts to 70 N m 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Removal Installation Front Mount NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure E...

Страница 60: ...le hood 2 Remove the negative battery cable from the engine 3 Remove the engine cover 4 Remove the battery battery hold downs and battery tray See Battery Removal Installation in Section 05 Starting C...

Страница 61: ...e fuel pressure See Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure in Section 04 Fuel Delivery 11 Disconnect and remove the fuel line at the fuel rail 12 Remove the air inlet hose and the air cleaner case assembly NO...

Страница 62: ...e Throttle body control A C compressor Oil pressure sensor Power steering pump pressure switch Generator 15 Remove the pipe from the canister control valve 1 16 Disconnect the heater hoses 1 on the ve...

Страница 63: ...bris from entering the A C system 23 Remove the high pressure line 1 and low pres sure line 2 from the power steering pump drain fluid from lines Tighten High pressure line to power steering pump 40 5...

Страница 64: ...n 09 Driveline Axle 29 Drain the engine oil 30 Lower the vehicle and install engine lift chain hangers 31 Remove the bolts 1 securing the front engine mount Tighten Engine front mount bolt to 60 N m 3...

Страница 65: ...Engine right mount bolt to 70 N m 35 Verify all components between the engine and vehicle are disconnected 36 Remove the front sub frame See Front Sub Frame Removal Installation in Section 10 Suspensi...

Страница 66: ...g Charging 41 Remove the A C compressor pipe 42 Remove the A C compressor 2 See A C Com pressor Removal Installation in Section 13 Heat ing Air Conditioning 43 Remove the power steering pump 1 with th...

Страница 67: ...oling system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious perso...

Страница 68: ...ne right mount bolts 1 and bracket Tighten Engine right mount bolts to 70 N m 5 Remove the accessory drive belt See Accessory Drive Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 6 Remove the cranksha...

Страница 69: ...rankshaft until the crankshaft tool completely holds the crankshaft in place Tighten Crankshaft holder to 28 N m NOTE The crankshaft holder will prevent the crankshaft from rotating in either directio...

Страница 70: ...tension to the belt and align the finger pointer of the ten sioner to the middle of the U slot opening Tighten the tensioner pulley bolt 1 to 30 N m then tighten the intake and exhaust camshaft pulle...

Страница 71: ...ect the catalytic converter assembly from the manifold 6 Remove the exhaust manifold nuts 1 Tighten Exhaust manifold nuts to 25 N m 7 Remove and discard manifold gasket 1 8 Installation is in the reve...

Страница 72: ...ing system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury 4 Remove the cool...

Страница 73: ...ressure sensor electrical con nector 1 1 6L engine 9 Remove MAP sensor 2 from intake manifold 10 Loosen the clamp between the air intake hose and the air cleaner 11 Loosen the clamp between the air in...

Страница 74: ...e switch connect 4 20 Remove the nuts 1 securing the intake manifold to cylinder head Tighten Intake manifold nuts to 11 N m 21 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Clean...

Страница 75: ...kin wash it off immediately with water In addition used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin cancer Always use adequate skin protection when performing vehicle ser...

Страница 76: ...ighten Oil pan bolts to 18 N m 5 Using a putty knife loosen seal around oil pan 6 Remove the oil pan 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Oil pan sealing surfaces must...

Страница 77: ...Tighten Crankshaft timing belt pulley bolt to 130 N m and an additional 65 5 Remove the key way from the crankshaft 6 Using an appropriate tool remove the front crank shaft oil seal 1 7 Remove the fo...

Страница 78: ...on in Section 02 Engine 3 Remove the oil strainer retaining bolts 1 Tighten Oil strainer bolts to 18 N m 4 Carefully remove the oil strainer 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installat...

Страница 79: ...r Block Bolts 23 Clearance Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm Surface Distortion Limit 0 15 Inner Diameter Standard 81 Out Of Round 0 008 Taper 0 01 Disassembly 1 Remove the oil pan and then...

Страница 80: ...bly 1 out through the top of the cylinder block 7 Remove the connecting rod bearings See Con necting Rod Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine CAUTION When removing the connecting rod side bearing...

Страница 81: ...be replaced and new pistons and rings fitted Measure the cylinder bore at three levels in directions X and Y Top measurement should be 10 mm down and bottom measurement should be 10 mm up from bottom...

Страница 82: ...on Ring Groove DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm First Ring 0 04 0 08 Second Ring 0 01 0 0251 Clearance Specifications Piston Ring End Gap DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT First Ring End Gap 0 2 0 4 mm 0 8...

Страница 83: ...om piston Clean ring grooves of any carbon deposits CAUTION Before removing the piston rings 1 check the piston ring side clearance Be careful to mark the location of the piston rings if they are to b...

Страница 84: ...table tool Connecting Rod Piston Disassembly Remove the piston from the connecting rod Inspection Check the piston diameter PISTON DIAMETER All Pistons 80 946 80 964 mm ENGINE UNIT REPAIR BESM020049 B...

Страница 85: ...G GROOVE CLEARANCE First Ring 0 04 0 08 mm Second Ring 0 01 0 0251 mm Wipe the cylinder bore clean Insert ring and push down with piston to ensure it is square in the bore The ring gap measurement mus...

Страница 86: ...ll end PISTON PIN CLEARANCE Piston and Piston Pin 0 002 0 013 mm Assembly 1 Install the piston to the connecting rod Assemble the components in their original positions 2 Using a piston ring expander...

Страница 87: ...learance 0 016 0 051 Connecting Rod Axial Clearance 0 002 0 013 Disassembly 1 Remove the connecting rod cap bolts 2 Remove the connecting rod bearing cap 3 Using a hammer handle or similar tool push t...

Страница 88: ...alling the NEW rod bolts the threads and under the bolt head should be oiled with clean engine oil 2 Install each bolt finger tight then alternately tighten each bolt to assemble the cap properly 3 Ti...

Страница 89: ...ssembly 1 Remove the front crankshaft oil seal See Front Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 2 Remove the rear crankshaft oil seal See Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal Instal...

Страница 90: ...and bearing Install the crankshaft Cut the plastic gauge to the same width as the bearing and then put it onto the crankshaft journal to make it parallel with the central line of the crank shaft Insta...

Страница 91: ...r block and lower cylinder block NOTE Identify and number the bearings if reusing them so that they are assembled in the same position and direction 2 Assemble the crankshaft and main bearings in the...

Страница 92: ...0 04 Intake Valve Deflection 0 02 Exhaust Valve Deflection 0 04 Spring Height 47 7 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20011 Valve Seal Instal...

Страница 93: ...ing retainer 2 and valve spring 3 5 Push the valve stem from the cylinder head and remove the valve 4 6 Using special tool CH 20013 1 remove the valve oil seal 7 Remove the valve guide 8 Remove the sp...

Страница 94: ...that they have been rotating Check the valve guide height Assembly 1 Install new valve guide if necessary 2 Install new valve seat if necessary 3 Using special tool CH 20011 1 and CH 20012 2 install...

Страница 95: ...amshaft Specifications Camshaft Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm Intake Cam Lobe Height 37 15 Exhaust Cam Lobe Height 37 05 Journal 1 Outer Diameter 31 934 31 95 Journal 2 3 4 5 Outer Diame...

Страница 96: ...TE The camshaft bearing caps are marked for identification 3 Remove the camshafts and then remove the camshaft seals Inspection Measure the camshaft cam lobe height If wear is beyond the limit replace...

Страница 97: ...R DIAMETER OF CAMSHAFT BEARING Cam Bearing 1 Inner Diameter 32 32 025 mm Cam Bearing 2 3 4 5 Inner Diameter 24 24 021 mm Calculation of camshaft journal clearance Journal clearance inner diameter of c...

Страница 98: ...fts in place NOTE The camshaft holder will prevent the camshafts from rotating in either direction 2 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Install the intake and exhaust c...

Страница 99: ...uide Clearance 0 032 0 063 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20011 Valve Seal Installer CH 20012 Valve Stem Seal Installer Guide CH 20013 Val...

Страница 100: ...ct the valves for the following Clean all valves thoroughly and discard burned warped and cracked valves Check valve seats and valve faces for damage When reconditioning valves follow the specificatio...

Страница 101: ...ECTION LIMIT DIAL GAUGE READING Intake 0 02 mm Exhaust 0 04 mm If it exceeds the limit check valve to valve guide clearance Measure valve stem diameter and valve guide inner diameter Check that cleara...

Страница 102: ...TION mm Spring Free Length 47 7 Spring Height At 620 Newtons Of Pressure 32 0 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20011 Valve Seal Installer CH...

Страница 103: ...gs should be tested for correct load Discard the springs that do not meet specifications The following specifications apply to both intake and exhaust valve springs VALVE SPRING LENGTH HEIGHT Spring F...

Страница 104: ...rs 3 Using valve spring compressor CH 20018 1 com press the valve springs 4 Install the valve keepers 5 Strike the valve stem lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to verify proper assembly...

Страница 105: ...2 112 Removal Installation 02 112 Exhaust Manifold 02 115 Removal Installation 02 115 Intake Manifold 02 117 Removal Installation 02 117 Idler Pulley 02 119 Removal Installation 02 119 Oil Filter 02 1...

Страница 106: ...nnecting rod The aluminum cylinder head contains dual overhead camshafts with 4 valve per cylinder construction The valves are arranged in two in line banks The cylinder head incorporates powdered met...

Страница 107: ...Clearance Of Crankshaft 0 0035 0 034 mm Coaxality Crankshaft Main Journal 0 005 mm Thrust Washer Thickness 2 4 2 405 mm Oil Clearance Of Crankshaft Rod and Main Journals 0 022 mm 0 058 mm Cylinder Hea...

Страница 108: ...ccessory Drive Belt Tensioner Pulley Bolt 35 Camshaft Bearing Cap Bolts 11 Clutch Pressure Plate Bolts 25 Connecting Rod Cap Bolts 1st Step Tighten the bolt to 25 N m 2nd Step Tighten the bolt an addi...

Страница 109: ...10 Intake Manifold Nuts 11 Intake Manifold Bracket Bolts 25 Lower Idler Pulley Bolt 45 Lower Cylinder Block Bolts 23 Oil Filter 25 Oil Pan Bolts 18 Oil Drain Plug 40 Oil Strainer Bolts 18 Oil Pump Bo...

Страница 110: ...Mount Bolt Remover CH 20001 Camshaft Seal Installer CH 20002 Crankshaft Holder CH 20003 Valve Spring Compressor Adaptor CH 20004 Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Installer CH 20005 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02...

Страница 111: ...haft Oil Seal Guide CH 20006 Front Crankshaft Seal Installer CH 20007 Front Crankshaft Seal Guide CH 20008 Camshaft Holder CH 20010 Valve Seal Installer CH 20011 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 82 Chery Automo...

Страница 112: ...al Installer Guide CH 20012 Valve Seal Remover CH 20013 Valve Keeper Installer CH 20017 Valve Spring Compressor CH 20018 Crankshaft Belt Pulley Fixture CH 20019 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02 83 Chery Auto...

Страница 113: ...led passages in the crankshaft to lubricate the con necting rod bearings Controlled leakage through the crankshaft main bearings and connecting rod bearings is slung radially outward to cool and lubri...

Страница 114: ...lunger 10 Flange Bolt 11 Flange Bolt 12 Oil Cooler 13 Oil Filter Connector 14 Oil Filter 15 Dowel Pin 16 Oil Pan Bolt 17 Oil Pan Bolt 18 Oil Pan Bolt 19 Oil Pan 20 O Ring 21 O Ring 22 Oil Pump Straine...

Страница 115: ...et Oil Passage if equipped 6 To Cylinder Head 7 Oil Return Passage 8 To Front Bearing Cap 9 To Middle Bearing Cap 10 Oil Dipstick 11 To Crankcase 12 Crankcase Pipe 13 Oil Filter Bracket 14 Oil Pressur...

Страница 116: ...kage 4 Faulty ignition coil s 1 Test minimum air flow Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 2 Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 3 Inspect intake manifold manifold gasket and vacuum hos...

Страница 117: ...rrect viscosity 3 Change engine oil and filter 4 Check and correct engine oil level 5 Install new camshaft 6 Replace cylinder head 7 Grind valve seats and replace valves Connecting Rod Noise 1 Insuffi...

Страница 118: ...ose fastener broken or porous metal part 3 Misaligned or deteriorated cup or threaded plug 1 Replace gasket 2 Tighten repair or replace the part 3 Replace if necessary Oil Consumption Or Spark Plugs F...

Страница 119: ...a and not vary more than 25 percent from cylinder to cylinder If one or more cylinders have abnormally low compression pressures repeat the compression test If the same cylinder or cylinders repeat an...

Страница 120: ...placing hands near the drive belt tensioner while it is being held 1 Drive Belt 2 Generator Bolt 3 Tensioner Pulley Bolt 4 Tensioner 5 Compressor 6 Generator 7 Idler Pulley 8 Generator Bracket 9 Gene...

Страница 121: ...al Air Cleaner Element Removal Installation 1 Unhook the air cleaner case side clips 1 and raise the air cleaner case upper 2 Remove the air cleaner element 3 Install a new air cleaner element 4 Insta...

Страница 122: ...s base 5 Remove the air cleaner housing 6 Remove the air cleaner base 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Cylinder Head Cover Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable...

Страница 123: ...Removal Installation NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20002 Camshaft Seal Installer 1 Remove the accessory drive belt See Accessory Drive Belt Removal...

Страница 124: ...N m NOTE Equally loosen camshaft bearing cap bolts in several steps 7 Remove the camshaft bearing caps and place them in proper order NOTE The camshaft bearing caps are marked for identification 8 Rem...

Страница 125: ...t the camshafts from rotating in either direction Use special tool CH 20002 1 to install the camshaft seal Install the intake and exhaust camshaft bearing caps in the proper order Slowly tighten bolts...

Страница 126: ...2 Engine 3 Remove the camshafts See Camshaft Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Remove intake manifold See Intake Manifold Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 5 Remove exhaust manifold...

Страница 127: ...re not damaged The cylinder head bolts should not be reused The new bolts should be examined before use If the bolts are stretched the bolts should be replaced Position the new cylinder head gasket on...

Страница 128: ...e required to perform the repair procedure CH 20007 Front Crankshaft Seal Installer CH 20008 Front Crankshaft Seal Guide CH 20019 Crankshaft Belt Pulley Fixture 1 Remove the accessory drive belt See A...

Страница 129: ...e the new front seal with engine oil prior to assembly Use the front crankshaft seal installer CH 20007 1 to install the new seal Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal Installation NOTE The following speci...

Страница 130: ...the fly wheel bolts 1 and then remove the flywheel Tighten Flywheel bolts to 75 N m 5 If equipped with automatic transaxle remove the drive plate retaining bolts 1 and then remove drive plate Tighten...

Страница 131: ...Position the seal over the rear crankshaft seal guide Use special tool CH 20005 2 and CH 20006 1 to install the rear crankshaft oil seal Ensure that the lip of the seal is facing toward the crankcase...

Страница 132: ...t the engine with the engine hoist 3 Remove the air cleaner housing See Air Cleaner Housing Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Remove the engine left mount retaining bolts 2 and remove the en...

Страница 133: ...Engine right mount bolts to 70 N m 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Removal Installation Front Mount NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure Eng...

Страница 134: ...moval Installation NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20001 Right Engine Mount Bolt Remover Engine Hoist NOTE The engine is removed with the transaxle as...

Страница 135: ...uctions may result in serious personal injury 7 Remove the coolant fan radiator assembly See Coolant Fan Radiator Assembly Removal Installation in Section 06 Cooling 8 Remove the starter motor wiring...

Страница 136: ...ompressor Oil pressure sensor Power steering pump pressure switch Generator 14 Remove the pipe from the canister control valve 1 15 Disconnect the heater hoses 1 on the vehicle 16 Remove the vacuum li...

Страница 137: ...Remove the high pressure line 1 and low pres sure line 2 from the power steering pump drain fluid from lines Tighten High pressure line to power steering pump 40 5 N m Tighten Low pressure line to po...

Страница 138: ...on 09 Driveline Axle 28 Drain the engine oil 29 Lower the vehicle and install engine lift chain hangers 30 Remove the bolts 1 securing the front engine mount Tighten Engine front mount bolt to 60 N m...

Страница 139: ...Engine right mount bolt to 70 N m 34 Verify all components between the engine and vehicle are disconnected 35 Remove the front sub frame See Front Sub Frame Removal Installation in Section 10 Suspensi...

Страница 140: ...ction 05 Starting Charging 40 Remove the A C compressor pipe 41 Remove the A C compressor 2 See A C Com pressor Removal Installation in Section 13 Heat ing Air Conditioning 42 Remove the power steerin...

Страница 141: ...ing system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious persona...

Страница 142: ...ine right mount bolts 1 and bracket Tighten Engine right mount bolts to 70 N m 5 Remove the accessory drive belt See Accessory Drive Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 6 Remove the cranksh...

Страница 143: ...crankshaft until the crankshaft tool completely holds the crankshaft in place Tighten Crankshaft holder to 28 N m NOTE The crankshaft holder will prevent the crankshaft from rotating in either directi...

Страница 144: ...y tension to the belt and align the finger pointer of the ten sioner to the middle of the U slot opening Tighten the tensioner pulley bolt 1 to 30 N m then tighten the intake and exhaust camshaft pull...

Страница 145: ...converter assembly from the manifold 6 Remove the exhaust manifold nuts 1 Tighten Exhaust manifold nuts to 25 N m 7 Remove the exhaust manifold 8 Remove and discard manifold gasket 1 9 Installation i...

Страница 146: ...the engine is operating or the cooling system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instruc...

Страница 147: ...n the clamp on the PCV hose and then disconnect the PCV hose 10 Remove the fuel rail bracket bolts 1 Tighten Fuel rail bracket bolts to 11 N m 11 Remove the fuel rail with the fuel injectors and set a...

Страница 148: ...belt tensioner rotate the pulley counterclockwise to loosen the drive belt WARNING Avoid placing hands near the drive belt tensioner while it is being held 2 Remove the drive belt Upper Accessory Dri...

Страница 149: ...gine The oil filter gasket must be removed from the engine before installing the new oil filter 2 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Clean all surfaces and verify the o...

Страница 150: ...02 Engine 2 Remove the crankshaft vibration damper retaining bolt 1 Tighten Crankshaft vibration damper bolts to 25 N m 3 Remove the engine timing belt See Engine Timing Belt Removal Installation in...

Страница 151: ...rotate the oil pump Replace the oil pump gasket Oil Strainer Removal Installation 1 Raise and support the vehicle 2 Remove the oil pan See Oil Pan Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 3 Remove th...

Страница 152: ...r Block Bolts 23 Clearance Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm Surface Distortion Limit 0 15 Inner Diameter Standard 84 Out Of Round 0 008 Taper 0 01 Disassembly 1 Remove the oil pan and then...

Страница 153: ...of the cylinder block 7 Remove the connecting rod bearings See Con necting Rod Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine CAUTION When removing the connecting rod side bearings note the installation p...

Страница 154: ...ns and rings fitted Measure the cylinder bore at three levels in directions X and Y Top measurement should be 10 mm down and bottom measurement should be 10 mm up from bottom of bore CYLINDER BORE All...

Страница 155: ...on Ring Groove DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm First Ring 0 04 0 08 Second Ring 0 01 0 0251 Clearance Specifications Piston Ring End Gap DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT First Ring End Gap 0 2 0 4 mm 0 8...

Страница 156: ...om piston Clean ring grooves of any carbon deposits CAUTION Before removing the piston rings 1 check the piston ring side clearance Be careful to mark the location of the piston rings if they are to b...

Страница 157: ...table tool Connecting Rod Piston Disassembly Remove the piston from the connecting rod Inspection Check the piston diameter PISTON DIAMETER All Pistons 83 451 83 469 mm ENGINE UNIT REPAIR BESM020049 B...

Страница 158: ...G GROOVE CLEARANCE First Ring 0 04 0 08 mm Second Ring 0 01 0 0251 mm Wipe the cylinder bore clean Insert ring and push down with piston to ensure it is square in the bore The ring gap measurement mus...

Страница 159: ...ll end PISTON PIN CLEARANCE Piston and Piston Pin 0 002 0 013 mm Assembly 1 Install the piston to the connecting rod Assemble the components in their original positions 2 Using a piston ring expander...

Страница 160: ...learance 0 016 0 051 Connecting Rod Axial Clearance 0 002 0 013 Disassembly 1 Remove the connecting rod cap bolts 2 Remove the connecting rod bearing cap 3 Using a hammer handle or similar tool push t...

Страница 161: ...lling the NEW rod bolts the threads and under the bolt head should be oiled with clean engine oil 2 Install each bolt finger tight then alternately tighten each bolt to assemble the cap properly 3 Tig...

Страница 162: ...assembly 1 Remove the front crankshaft oil seal See Front Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 2 Remove the rear crankshaft oil seal See Rear Crankshaft Oil Seal Removal Insta...

Страница 163: ...l clearance should be held to 0 265 mm Oil Clearance of crankshaft main journal Clean the journal and bearing Install the crankshaft Cut the plastic gauge to the same width as the bearing and then put...

Страница 164: ...block and lower cylinder block NOTE Identify and number the bearings if reusing them so that they are assembled in the same position and direction 2 Assemble the crankshaft and main bearings in the r...

Страница 165: ...t Valve Deflection 0 04 Spring Height 47 7 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20010 Camshaft Holder CH 20011 Valve Seal Installer CH 20012 Val...

Страница 166: ...ing retainer 2 and valve spring 3 5 Push the valve stem from the cylinder head and remove the valve 4 6 Using special tool CH 20013 1 remove the valve oil seal 7 Remove the valve guide 8 Remove the sp...

Страница 167: ...ely in their bores and that they have been rotating Check the valve guide height Assembly 1 Install new valve guide if necessary 2 Install new valve seat if necessary 3 Using special tool CH 20011 1 a...

Страница 168: ...amshaft Specifications Camshaft Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm Intake Cam Lobe Height 37 15 Exhaust Cam Lobe Height 37 05 Journal 1 Outer Diameter 31 934 31 95 Journal 2 3 4 5 Outer Diame...

Страница 169: ...ing caps are marked for identification 3 Remove the camshafts and then remove the camshaft seals Inspection Inspect the camshaft for the following Measure the camshaft cam lobe height If wear is beyon...

Страница 170: ...R DIAMETER OF CAMSHAFT BEARING Cam Bearing 1 Inner Diameter 32 32 025 mm Cam Bearing 2 3 4 5 Inner Diameter 24 24 021 mm Calculation of camshaft journal clearance Journal clearance inner diameter of c...

Страница 171: ...ts in place NOTE The camshaft holder will prevent the camshafts from rotating in either direction 2 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Install the intake and exhaust ca...

Страница 172: ...uide Clearance 0 032 0 063 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20011 Valve Seal Installer CH 20012 Valve Stem Seal Installer Guide CH 20013 Val...

Страница 173: ...ct the valves for the following Clean all valves thoroughly and discard burned warped and cracked valves Check valve seats and valve faces for damage When reconditioning valves follow the specificatio...

Страница 174: ...CTION LIMIT DIAL GAUGE READING Intake 0 02 mm Exhaust 0 04 mm If it exceeds the limit check valve to valve guide clearance Measure valve stem diameter and valve guide inner diameter Check that clearan...

Страница 175: ...TION mm Spring Free Length 47 7 Spring Height At 620 Newtons Of Pressure 32 0 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure CH 20011 Valve Seal Installer CH...

Страница 176: ...eplacement valve springs should be tested for correct load Discard the springs that do not meet specifications The following specifications apply to both intake and exhaust valve springs VALVE SPRING...

Страница 177: ...s 3 Using a valve spring compressor CH 20018 1 compress the valve springs 4 Install the valve keepers 5 Strike the valve stem lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to verify proper assembly...

Страница 178: ...83 Engine Assembly 02 183 Removal Installation 02 183 Engine Timing Belt 02 189 Removal Installation 02 189 Inspection 02 194 Timing Belt Automatic Tensioner 02 196 Removal Installation 02 196 Inspect...

Страница 179: ...sembly 02 244 Camshaft 02 245 Hydraulic Adjusters 02 245 Rocker Arms 02 246 Valve Valve Guides 02 246 Specifications 02 246 Disassembly 02 247 Valves 02 248 Valve Guides 02 250 Valve Seats 02 251 Asse...

Страница 180: ...on assembly is an aluminum piston with a cast iron connecting rod The aluminum cylinder head contains a single overhead camshaft with 4 valves per cylinder construction The valves are arranged in two...

Страница 181: ...Ring 0 02 0 06 0 1 No 2 Ring 0 02 0 06 0 1 End Clearance No 1 Ring 0 25 0 35 0 8 No 2 Ring 0 40 0 55 0 8 Oil Ring 0 10 0 40 1 0 Piston Pin External Diameter 22 0 Depressing Force Kg 755 1750 Depressi...

Страница 182: ...Wheel Bolt 36 Lower Balance Shaft Bolt 55 Timing Belt Cover Bolts 11 Tensioner Wheel Bolt 49 Tensioner Arm Bolt 22 Tensioner Bracket 49 Timing Belt Indicator 09 Timing Belt Rear Cover 11 Upper Balance...

Страница 183: ...45 Oil Pan 18 Oil Pressure Switch 10 Oil Pressure Relief Plug 45 Oil Plug 24 Oil Strainer Screw Bolts 19 Oil Filter Adapter Bolts 19 Connecting Rod Nuts 1st Step Tighten the nuts to 20 N m 2nd Step T...

Страница 184: ...ng Puller Limiter MB 991603 Cylinder Cover Bolt Spanner MB 991654 Plug Spanner MD 998162 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Duct MD 998285 Balance Shaft Bearing Puller MD 998371 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 155 Cher...

Страница 185: ...er MD 998372 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installer MD 998375 Hydraulic Adjuster Leak Tester MD 998440 Hydraulic Adjuster Keeper MD 998441 Hydraulic Adjuster Wiring MD 998442 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02 15...

Страница 186: ...Adjuster Keeper MD 998443 Balance Shaft Bearing Installer MD 998705 Camshaft Oil Seal Installer MD 998713 Pin For Belt Gear MD 998719 Oil Pan Remover MD 998727 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 157 Chery Automob...

Страница 187: ...ssor MD 998735 Automatic Tensioner Socket MD 998767 Valve Spring Compressor MD 998772 Valve Oil Seal Installer MD 998774 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installer MD 998776 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 02 158 Cher...

Страница 188: ...Puller MD 998778 Piston Disassembling and Assembling Tool MD 998780 Flywheel Holder MD 998781 Plug Spanner Fixer MD 998783 Upper Balance Shaft Pulley Holder MD 998785 GENERAL INFORMATION 02 159 Chery...

Страница 189: ...e cylinder head From the main journals the oil is routed through cross drilled passages in the crankshaft to lubricate the con necting rod bearings Controlled leakage through the crankshaft main beari...

Страница 190: ...Pump Driven Gear 4 Oil Pump Cover 5 Oil Pan 6 Oil Strainer 7 Oil Filter 8 Oil Filter Adaptor 1 Front End Cover 2 Front End Cover Pad 3 Oil Pump Rear Cover 4 Oil Pump Driven Gear 5 Oil Pump Driving Gea...

Страница 191: ...Filter and Oil Filter Adaptor 1 Oil Filter Adaptor 2 Gasket 3 Pressure Limiting Valve Plunger 4 Spring 5 Spacer 6 Plug Screw 7 Oil Filter GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM020047 02 02 162 Chery Automobile Co...

Страница 192: ...kage 4 Faulty ignition coil s 1 Test minimum air flow Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 2 Refer to Appropriate Diagnostic Information 3 Inspect intake manifold manifold gasket and vacuum hos...

Страница 193: ...orrect viscosity 3 Change engine oil and filter 4 Check and correct engine oil level 5 Install new camshaft 6 Replace cylinder head 7 Grind valve seats and replace valves Connecting Rod Noise 1 Insuff...

Страница 194: ...e battery is completely charged and the engine starter motor is in good operating condition Otherwise the indicated compression pressures may not be valid for diagnostic purposes Check engine oil leve...

Страница 195: ...team white smoke emitting from exhaust Coolant foaming Engine Oil Pressure Test 1 Check the engine oil level 2 Disconnect the oil pressure switch electrical connector 3 Remove the oil pressure switch...

Страница 196: ...only when the engine is stopped 1 Loosen the power steering pump adjustment bolt 1 1 Power Steering Pump 2 Crankshaft Pulley 3 Idler Pulley 4 A C Compressor 5 Coolant Pump Pulley 6 Generator Pulley 7...

Страница 197: ...on is in the reverse order of removal Air Cleaner Element Removal Installation 1 Loosen the air cleaner case side clamps 1 and raise the air cleaner case upper 2 Remove the air cleaner element 3 Insta...

Страница 198: ...the clamp between the air intake hose and the air cleaner 4 Remove the retaining bolt 1 securing the air cleaner housing to its base Tighten Air cleaner housing retaining bolts to 10 N m 5 Remove the...

Страница 199: ...ires 3 and set them aside See Spark Plug Wire Removal Installation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls 6 Remove the PCV tube 5 7 Remove the cylinder head cover bolts 4 Tighten Cylinder head cover...

Страница 200: ...8443 Hydraulic Post Keeper 1 Rocker Shaft Retaining Bolt 2 Intake Rocker Arm Shaft 3 Rocker Arm 4 Rocker Arm 5 Rocker Shaft Spring 6 Hydraulic Adjuster 7 Rocker Arm and Rocker Shaft 8 Exhaust Rocker A...

Страница 201: ...intake and exhaust rocker shaft assembly retaining bolts 2 Tighten Rocker shaft assembly bolts to 32 N m 7 Remove the rocker arm and rocker shaft assem blies CAUTION Before disassembling the rocker a...

Страница 202: ...sert the hydraulic adjusters into the rocker arms Insert special tool MD 998443 1 to prevent drop ping the hydraulic adjuster during installation Assemble the rocker shaft springs to the rocker shafts...

Страница 203: ...he illustration CAUTION The oil hole in the rocker shafts should be aligned with the cylinder head to ensure cor rect installation position Using special tool MD 998713 1 install the camshaft oil seal...

Страница 204: ...ts See Camshaft Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 5 Remove the intake manifold See Intake Manifold Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 6 Remove the exhaust manifold See Exhaust Manifold...

Страница 205: ...bolts are stretched the bolts should be replaced Position the new cylinder head gasket on the engine block with the part number facing up Ensure gasket is seated over the locating dowels in the block...

Страница 206: ...1 Tighten Crankshaft vibration damper bolts to 25 N m 3 Remove the engine timing belt See Engine Timing Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Install special tool MD 998781 1 onto the flywh...

Страница 207: ...new front seal with engine oil prior to assembly Use the front crankshaft seal installer MD 998285 1 to install the new seal Tighten the crankshaft timing belt pulley bolt in the following sequence 1s...

Страница 208: ...transaxle assembly See Transaxle Assembly Removal Installation in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case 1 Flywheel Bolt 2 Rear Flywheel Flange 3 Flywheel 4 Front Flywheel Flange 5 Crankshaft Bushing 6 R...

Страница 209: ...ive plate Tighten Drive plate bolts to 75 N m 4 Remove the crankshaft rear oil seal using a suitable tool 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes When installing seal lubr...

Страница 210: ...procedure Engine Hoist 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the air cleaner housing See Air Cleaner Housing Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 3 Support the engine with the engine...

Страница 211: ...en Engine right mount bolts to 70 N m 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Removal Installation Front Mount NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure E...

Страница 212: ...downs and battery tray See Battery Removal Installation in Section 05 Starting Charging 4 Remove the hood 5 Discharge air conditioning system See A C System Evacuation and Recharge in Section 13 Heat...

Страница 213: ...from the cylinder head 14 Disconnect and remove the following electrical connectors Coolant temperature sensor Crankshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor Ignition coil Four fuel injectors Air...

Страница 214: ...e the vacuum line from the brake booster 18 Remove the dipstick 19 Remove the accessory drive belt See Accessory Drive Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 20 Remove the A C compressor high...

Страница 215: ...the catalytic converter to exhaust manifold bolts 1 Tighten Exhaust manifold bolt to 49 5 N m 25 Remove the front axle shaft See Front Axle Shaft Removal Installation in Section 09 Driveline Axle 26 R...

Страница 216: ...rear engine mount and the bolts 1 securing the mount bracket Tighten Engine rear mount bolt to 60 N m 32 Remove the bolts 2 securing the left transaxle mount and the bolts 1 securing the mount bracket...

Страница 217: ...ts between the engine and vehicle are disconnected 36 Hoist the engine from vehicle CAUTION Verify all electrical connectors are disconnected prior to engine transaxle removal 37 Separate engine and t...

Страница 218: ...Engine Timing Belt Removal Installation ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM020048 02 02 189 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 219: ...ions may result in serious personal injury 2 Attach an engine hoist to the engine 3 Raise the engine with the engine hoist just enough to support the engine 1 Right Engine Mounting Bracket 2 Spacer 3...

Страница 220: ...1 Tighten Crankshaft vibration damper bolts to 25 N m 7 Remove the timing belt upper cover Tighten Timing belt upper cover bolts to 11 N m 8 Remove the timing belt lower cover Tighten Timing belt lowe...

Страница 221: ...ation Notes Rotate the camshaft pulley and align the timing marks 1 with the cylinder head cover Rotate the crankshaft pulley and align the timing marks 1 with the front cover ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM0...

Страница 222: ...hen the timing marks are aligned If the holder could not be inserted more than 20 25 mm the lower balance shaft pulley should be rotated one revolution and the timing marks should be then be aligned K...

Страница 223: ...ensioner Measure distance A between the tensioner arm and the automatic tensioner Standard distance is 3 84 mm Inspection 1 Inspect the timing belt back rubber for signs of aging and glistening ON VEH...

Страница 224: ...s 2 Cracks in the grooves 3 Cracks in the side of the belt 4 3 Inspect the timing belt 1 for abnormal abrasion in the side of the belt 2 4 Inspect the timing belt for abnormal abrasion 2 or teeth miss...

Страница 225: ...ighten Timing belt automatic tensioner bolts to 24 N m 3 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Perform the following to prepare the automatic tensioner for installation Sl...

Страница 226: ...ing 98 196 N m and measure the rod displace ment If the rod displacement is 1 mm larger than the standard replace the tensioner standard mea surement is 1 mm 5 Assemble the automatic tensioner with a...

Страница 227: ...on in Section 02 Engine 2 Using special tool MD 998781 1 attach the tool to the flywheel 3 Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt Tighten Crankshaft pulley bolt to 120 N m 4 Using special tool MD 998778 1...

Страница 228: ...35 N m CAUTION Do not allow the belt tensioner to move while tightening the bolt if the tensioner moves it could cause the belt to be overtightened Ensure that the timing marks 1 have not moved and a...

Страница 229: ...embly Tighten Exhaust manifold to catalytic converter bolts to 49 5 N m 4 Disconnect the catalytic converter assembly from the manifold 5 Remove the exhaust manifold nuts Tighten Exhaust manifold nuts...

Страница 230: ...t during installation Intake Manifold Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 1 Inlet Manifold Gasket 2 Knock Sensor 3 Coolant Hose 4 Coolant Hose 5 Coolant Temperature Sensor 6 C...

Страница 231: ...air intake hose and the throttle body and then remove the intake pipe 7 Remove the fuel rail bracket bolts Tighten Fuel rail bracket bolts to 11 N m 8 Remove the fuel rail with the fuel injectors and...

Страница 232: ...m 15 Remove the intake manifold from the cylinder head 16 Remove and discard the intake manifold gasket 17 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Clean all surfaces of the...

Страница 233: ...r 9 Upper Balance Shaft Oil Seal 10 Crankshaft Front Oil seal 11 Oil Filter Adapter Gasket 12 Oil Filter Adapter 13 Pressure Relief Valve 14 Pressure Relief Spring 15 Pressure Relief Valve Seal 16 Oil...

Страница 234: ...taining bolts Tighten Oil pan bolts to 18 N m 6 Using special tool MD 998727 1 remove the oil pan NOTE Insert the special tool between cylinder block and the oil pan Do not use a screwdriver or chisel...

Страница 235: ...pulley in place 16 Remove the upper balance shaft pulley bolt Tighten Upper balance shaft pulley bolt to 45 N m 17 Using special tool MD 9988778 1 remove the upper balance shaft pulley 18 Remove the f...

Страница 236: ...he front of the cylinder block when disassembling the upper bal ance shaft rear bearing 2 Using special tool MB 991603 2 and MD 998705 1 install the rear bearing 3 NOTE There is NO oil hole in the rea...

Страница 237: ...r 9 Upper Balance Shaft Oil Seal 10 Crankshaft Front Oil Seal 11 Oil Filter Adapter Gasket 12 Oil Filter Adapter 13 Pressure Relief Valve 14 Pressure Relief Spring 15 Pressure Relief Valve Seal 16 Oil...

Страница 238: ...taining bolts Tighten Oil pan bolts to 18 N m 6 Using special tool MD 998727 1 remove the oil pan NOTE Insert the special tool between cylinder block and the oil pan Do not use a screwdriver or chisel...

Страница 239: ...pulley in place 16 Remove the upper balance shaft pulley bolt Tighten Upper balance shaft pulley bolt to 45 N m 17 Using special tool MD 9988778 1 remove the upper balance shaft pulley 18 Remove the f...

Страница 240: ...block 2 Using special tool MD 998705 1 MD 991603 2 remove the lower balance shaft rear bearing from the cylinder block 3 Using special tool MD 998705 2 install the rear bearing NOTE Align the oil hol...

Страница 241: ...ion used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may cause skin cancer Always use adequate skin protection when performing vehicle service CAUTION When servicing the oil filter inst...

Страница 242: ...l a new drain plug gasket and then install the oil pan drain plug Tighten Oil pan drain plug to 45 N m 11 Refill the engine with the specified quantity and grade of engine oil 12 Install the oil fille...

Страница 243: ...dis torted and oil leaks will occur 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Oil pan sealing surfaces must be free of grease or oil Install the four oil pan corner bolts in...

Страница 244: ...ont cover 6 Remove the oil pump drive gear and the driven gear 7 Remove the oil pump rear cover 8 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Before installing the new oil pump...

Страница 245: ...e the oil pan See Oil Pan Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 3 Remove the oil strainer retaining bolts Tighten Oil strainer bolts to 18 N m 4 Carefully remove the oil strainer 5 Installation is...

Страница 246: ...N m 2nd Step Tighten the nuts an additional 90 100 Main Bearing Cap Bolts 1st Step Tighten the bolts to 25 N m 2nd Step Tighten the bolts an additional 90 100 Clearance Specifications DESCRIPTION SPE...

Страница 247: ...ttom dead center position for each cylinder NOTE Before removing the connecting rod piston assembly check the connecting rod side clearance 1 Cylinder Block 2 Crankshaft Thrust Bearing 3 Upper Cranksh...

Страница 248: ...of the cylinder block 7 Remove the connecting rod bearings See Con necting Rod Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine CAUTION When removing the connecting rod side bearings note the installation p...

Страница 249: ...tted Measure the cylinder bore at three levels in directions A and B Top measurement should be 12 mm down and bottom measurement should be 12 mm up from bottom of bore CYLINDER BORE Cylinder Size 86 5...

Страница 250: ...ION LIMIT First Ring 0 02 0 06 mm 0 1 mm Second Ring 0 02 0 06 mm 0 1 mm Clearance Specifications Piston Ring End Gap DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT First Ring 0 25 0 35 mm 0 8 mm Second Ring 0 40 0...

Страница 251: ...der from piston Clean ring grooves of any carbon deposits 1 No 1 Compression Ring 2 No 2 Compression Ring 3 Oil Control Ring 4 Piston Pin 5 Connecting Rod 6 Connecting Rod Bolt 7 Piston 8 Piston and C...

Страница 252: ...special tool MD 998780 1 2 remove the piston pin for the pistons Insert the tool push rod into the piston from the notched side Attach the tool guide into the piston and to the push rod Connecting Rod...

Страница 253: ...53 mm Ring Groove Side Clearance Check piston ring to groove side clearance Clean the ring slot using a suitable tool Measure piston ring to groove side clearance RING GROOVE SIDE CLEARANCE DESCRIPTI...

Страница 254: ...w the bottom of the oil ring travel where the cylinder bore has minimal wear Check gap with feeler gauge RING END GAP DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT First Ring 0 25 0 35 mm 0 8 mm Second Ring 0 40 0...

Страница 255: ...ol into piston pin install pipe A in the top of the push rod Install forward marks of piston and connecting rod in the same direction Lubricate the external diameter of piston pin with engine oil Thro...

Страница 256: ...ng Identification Marks No 1 Ring 1R No 2 Ring 2R When installing piston ring keep the mark upwards and towards the top of piston Size markings of pistons shown as the following SIZE IDENTIFICATION St...

Страница 257: ...e with the thumb as shown Ensure the ring can turn from the left to the right freely after installation Bottom Compression Ring Installation 2nd Ring Using a piston ring expander install the bottom co...

Страница 258: ...ighten the nuts an additional 90 100 Clearance Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION mm Connecting Rod Radial Clearance 0 016 0 051 Connecting Rod Axial Clearance 0 002 0 013 Disassembly 1 Remove t...

Страница 259: ...ECTING ROD RADIAL CLEARANCE Radial Clearance 0 016 0 051 mm Bearing Oil Clearance Plastigauge Check the oil clearance of the connecting rods and crankshaft Clean all engine oil off of the connecting r...

Страница 260: ...Ring 3 Oil Control Ring 4 Install protective coverings over the connecting rod bolts Rotate the crankshaft journal to the lowest position Use a suitable piston ring compressor to insert the piston and...

Страница 261: ...8 015 mm Crank Journal Connecting Rod Bearing Group Identification Color External Diameter mm Identification Number Identification Color Thickness mm 1 Yellow 44 995 45 000 1 Yellow 1 487 1 491 2 None...

Страница 262: ...torque sequence from Step 1 Crankshaft Specifications Torque Specifications DESCRIPTION TORQUE N m Main Bearing Cap Bolts 1st Step Tighten the bolts to 25 N m 2nd Step Tighten the bolts an additional...

Страница 263: ...l seal 1 Cylinder Block 2 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing 3 Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal 4 Crankshaft Thrust Bearing 5 Upper Crankshaft Bearing 6 Crankshaft 7 Lower Crankshaft Bearing 8 Bearing Cap 9 Bea...

Страница 264: ...der head side of the engine block NOTE Before removing the piston and connecting rod assembly check the connecting rod side clearance 6 Remove the connecting rod bearings CAUTION When removing the con...

Страница 265: ...ne oil off of the crankshaft jour nals Cut the plastigauge into lengths as wide as the crankshaft journal Lay the plastigauge across the crankshaft journal Carefully install the main bearing cap Torqu...

Страница 266: ...T MAIN JOURNALS DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION MAXIMUM LIMIT Crankshaft Journal Roundness 0 006 mm 0 006 mm Assembly NOTE Cleanliness is extremely important during the engine assembly procedure Any foreign...

Страница 267: ...tification Color External Diameter mm 1 Yellow 56 994 57 000 0 Green Black 1 Yellow Green 2 None Yellow 2 None 56 988 56 994 0 Yellow Green 1 None Yellow 2 Blue None 3 White 56 982 56 988 0 None Yello...

Страница 268: ...Bolts Install the main bearing caps with the arrow on the main caps 1 facing the front of the engine Install the main bearing cap bolts in the sequence shown Torque the bearing cap bolts in the seque...

Страница 269: ...kshaft axial clearance exceeds the maximum limit replace the No 3 crankshaft thrust bearing CRANKSHAFT AXIAL CLEARANCE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION MAXIMUM LIMIT Crankshaft 0 05 0 18 mm 0 25 mm ENGINE UN...

Страница 270: ...Head Flatness 0 03 Intake Valve Deflection 0 02 Exhaust Valve Deflection 0 04 Spring Height 51 Disassembly NOTE The following special tools are required to perform the repair procedure MD 998772 Valve...

Страница 271: ...of valve guides with a valve guide cleaner Check the valve guide height Assembly 1 Install new valve guide if necessary 2 Install new valve seat if necessary 3 Using special tool MD 998774 1 install...

Страница 272: ...stem lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to verify proper assembly Camshaft Specifications Camshaft Specifications DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION MINIMUM LIMIT Intake Cam Lobe Height 37 5 mm 3...

Страница 273: ...mshaft seal 1 Rocker Shaft Retaining Bolt 2 Intake Rocker Arm Shaft 3 Rocker Arm 4 Rocker Arm 5 Rocker Shaft Spring 6 Hydraulic Adjuster 7 Rocker Arm and Rocker Shaft 8 Exhaust Rocker Arm Shaft 9 Rock...

Страница 274: ...c adjusters in clean diesel oil Using special tool MD 998442 1 and MD 998441 2 press the steel ball on the inside of the hydraulic adjuster and remove all air by moving the plunger up and down 4 5 tim...

Страница 275: ...se the rocker arm should be replaced Inspect the internal diameter 1 of the rocker arms If there is any damage the rocker arm should be replaced Valve Valve Guides Specifications Valve Valve Guide Spe...

Страница 276: ...D 998772 Valve Spring Compressor 1 Cylinder Head Bolt 2 Valve Spring Keepers 3 Upper Valve Spring Retainer 4 Valve Spring 5 Valve Oil Seal 6 Lower Valve Spring Retainer 7 Valve Guide 8 Valve Seat 9 Va...

Страница 277: ...es thoroughly and discard burned warped and cracked valves Check valve seats and valve faces for damage When reconditioning valves follow the specifications outlined for both intake and exhaust valves...

Страница 278: ...EARANCE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT Intake Valve Clearance 0 020 0 050 mm 0 10 mm Exhaust Valve Clearance 0 030 0 070 mm 0 15 mm Check the valve edge thickness and valve contact area Repair or rep...

Страница 279: ...replace valve or valve guide VALVE TO VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION LIMIT Intake Valve Clearance 0 020 0 050 mm 0 10 mm Exhaust Valve Clearance 0 030 0 070 mm 0 15 mm Valve Guide Re...

Страница 280: ...valve and valve guide if necessary before machining the valve seat Repair the width and angle of the valve seat until the valve seat meets specified values After repairing the valve seat use valve la...

Страница 281: ...l tool MD 998774 install the new valve oil seal 3 Install the valve springs 4 Install the valve spring retainers 5 Using valve spring compressor MD 998772 1 compress the valve springs 6 Install the va...

Страница 282: ...D 998772 Valve Spring Compressor 1 Cylinder Head Bolt 2 Valve Spring Keepers 3 Upper Valve Spring Retainer 4 Valve Spring 5 Valve Oil Seal 6 Lower Valve Spring Retainer 7 Valve Guide 8 Valve Seat 9 Va...

Страница 283: ...ction reconditioning or replacement valve springs should be tested for correct load Check the valve spring length height Discard the springs that do not meet specifications The following specification...

Страница 284: ...PECIFICATION LIMIT Spring Center Line 2 0 4 0 Assembly 1 Install the valve springs 2 2 Install the valve spring retainers 1 3 Using valve spring compressor MD 998772 com press the valve springs 4 Inst...

Страница 285: ...3 45 P0032 O2 Sensor 1 Heater Control Circuit High 03 51 P0102 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input 03 57 P0103 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input 03 63 P0105 Manifold Absolute Pressure B...

Страница 286: ...ration 03 217 Removal Installation 03 217 Knock Sensor 03 218 Description 03 218 Operation 03 218 Removal Installation 03 218 Oxygen Sensor 03 218 Description 03 218 Operation 03 218 Upstream Oxygen S...

Страница 287: ...ctors Fuel Pump Relay Electronic Throttle Control Actuator Ignition Coil A C Compressor Cooling Fan Oxygen Sensor Heater Upstream Downstream Operation The ECM monitors components and circuits and test...

Страница 288: ...ues The temperature gauge indicates too high The temperature gauge indicates too low The cooling fan operates continuously on high speed The high temperature warning lamp will flash when the IP indica...

Страница 289: ...ine operation Replace 15 IAT Intake air temperature will be equal to the coolant temperature Replace 16 Cooling Fan High engine temperature Poor air conditioner performance Replace 17 Accelerator Sens...

Страница 290: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Engine Analyzer KES 200 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 03 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 291: ...Compression Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge GENERAL INFORMATION 03 03 7 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 292: ...lectronic Control Systems On Chery B11 Series 7 Fiat 3 Pin Connector To Diagnose Vehicles With Fiat 3 Pin Diagnostic Connector ITEM NAME FUNCTION 8 Smart OBDII 16 Pin Connector To Diagnose Other Syste...

Страница 293: ...Electrical Schematics Electronic Engine Controls Page 1 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030080T 03 03 9 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 294: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 2 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030081T 03 10 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 295: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 3 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030082T 03 03 11 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 296: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 4 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030083T 03 12 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 297: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 5 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030084T 03 03 13 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 298: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 6 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030085T 03 14 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 299: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 7 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030086T 03 03 15 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 300: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 8 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030087T 03 16 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 301: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 9 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030088T 03 03 17 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 302: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 10 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030089T 03 18 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 303: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 11 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030090T 03 03 19 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 304: ...r 14 EMS Relay Main Relay 55 Downstream Oxygen Sensor 15 Crankshaft Position Sensor 56 16 Accelerator Position Sensor 57 17 Sensor GND 58 Brake Switch 18 Upstream Oxygen Sensor 59 Vehicle Speed Sensor...

Страница 305: ...Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor With 1 6L Engine 78 Sensor GND Air Flow Sensor With 1 8L Engine 38 Electronic Throttle Control Actuator Position Sensor 79 Camshaft Position Sensor 39 Engine Coolant...

Страница 306: ...rea for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal such as dam age or foreign material A data recorder and or oscilloscope should be used to help diagnose intermittent conditions Remove th...

Страница 307: ...Actuator Self Learning Operating Procedure Turn the ignition switch on for 10 seconds then turn the ignition switch off During the procedure do not operate any other components Self Learning Conditio...

Страница 308: ...High Input P0121 Throttle Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Range Performance P0122 Throttle Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input P0123 Throttle Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit High Input P0130 O2...

Страница 309: ...sor Circuit High Input P0444 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open P0458 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low P0459 Evaporative Emission System Purge Cont...

Страница 310: ...Idle Speed Control Throttle Position Lower Limit not Attained P1568 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position Mechanical Malfunction P1579 Idle Speed Control Throttle Position Adaptation Not Started P1604...

Страница 311: ...r 2 U0001 High Speed CAN Defective U0101 Lost Communication with ECM U104 Lost Communication with Cruise Control Module U0121 Lost Communication with Anti Lock Brake System ABS Control Module U0155 Lo...

Страница 312: ...ECM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Test Power Supply and Ground Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030042T 03 28 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 313: ...oltage Voltage 11 14 V 13 Ignition Switch Ignition switch ON Voltage 11 14 V Ignition switch OFF Approximately 0 V 14 EMS Relay Main Relay Ignition switch OFF More than a few seconds after turning ign...

Страница 314: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030043T 03 30 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 315: ...erature With the scan tool select view data stream If the data stream is not detected the condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the data stream is detected the condition is intermi...

Страница 316: ...iring Harness Layout Engine Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 5 CHECK ECM GROUND CIR...

Страница 317: ...ECM terminal 14 and ground Battery voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Go to step 10 9 CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 3 Disconnect ECM harness connector Disconn...

Страница 318: ...Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 11 CHECK FUSE Disconnect fuse 27 10A fuse 24 5A in the front fuse and relay box If W...

Страница 319: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests P0016 Camshaft Position Crankshaft Position Correlation Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030051T 03 03 35 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 320: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030046T 03 36 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 321: ...gnal plate Timing misalignment ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan t...

Страница 322: ...s or connections 2 CHECK CMP SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the CMP sensor 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next...

Страница 323: ...operating properly at this time 5 CHECK THE CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Check continuity between CMP sensor terminal 1 and ground Continuity should exist Al...

Страница 324: ...NAL Is the CMP output signal normal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next step 8 CHECK CMP SENSOR Remove the CMP sensor 1 Inspect and clean the CMP sensor and mounting area for any condition that would...

Страница 325: ...or 1 3 2 3 Is the check result normal Yes Replace the CMP sensor with a known good CMP sensor Monitor the CMP sensor signal on the KES 200 screen If the CMP sensor signals were normal the system is OK...

Страница 326: ...en CKP sensor 1 terminal 1 and ground terminal 2 and ground when engine is running ENGINE ANALYZER KES 200 CKP SENSOR SIGNAL Is the CKP output signal normal Yes Go to step 16 No Go to the next step DI...

Страница 327: ...as necessary 12 CHECK CKP SENSOR RESISTANCE Check the resistance of the CKP sensor component side TERMINAL NO RESISTANCE 25 C 1 2 Approximately 1000 Is the check result normal Yes Replace the CKP sens...

Страница 328: ...exist Check the crankshaft and crankshaft signal plate for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal such as damage become flexible foreign material when rotate the crankshaft Were any p...

Страница 329: ...P0031 O2 Sensor 1 Heater Control Circuit Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030054T 03 03 45 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 330: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030055T 03 46 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 331: ...ors The sensor circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X...

Страница 332: ...d harness or connections 2 CHECK O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the O2 sensor 1 electrical connector E 004 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go...

Страница 333: ...TC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0031 still present Yes Go to the next step No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 334: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace O2 sensor 7 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0031 still present Yes Replace the E...

Страница 335: ...P0032 O2 Sensor 1 Heater Control Circuit High DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030054T 03 03 51 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 336: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030055T 03 52 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 337: ...s The sensor circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 4...

Страница 338: ...ound connections 2 CHECK O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the O2 sensor 1 electrical connector E 004 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the n...

Страница 339: ...to the next step No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts as necessary 5 CHECK THE O2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM connector Check harness continuit...

Страница 340: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the O2 sensor 7 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0032 still present Yes Replace t...

Страница 341: ...P0102 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 03 57 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 342: ...n tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal oper...

Страница 343: ...connector Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 4 CHECK THE MASS AIR FLOW MAF SE...

Страница 344: ...and ground in the MAF sensor electrical connector E 009 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for an open or short to ground in harness...

Страница 345: ...OR Install all removed parts Start engine Check MAF sensor signal in data stream with the X 431 TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA AVERAGE DC VOLTAGE 37 Air flow sensor Engine is running ECT 78 C Idle 79...

Страница 346: ...r Is the MAF signal normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace MAF sensor 10 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0102 still present Yes Replace...

Страница 347: ...P0103 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 03 63 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 348: ...nput signal is out of the acceptable range Mass or Volume Air Flow MAF sensor Harness or connectors The sensor circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following...

Страница 349: ...es Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection Air cleaner Intake air duct Is the check result normal Yes Go to the...

Страница 350: ...UIT FOR A SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 17 Continuity should exist Also check harness for shor...

Страница 351: ...low sensor Engine is running ECT 78 C Idle 795 RPM IAT 36 C IAT signal 1 88 V Approximately 1 39 V Is the signal voltage of MAF normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the MAF sensor 9 CHECK DTC Wit...

Страница 352: ...P0105 Manifold Absolute Pressure Barometric Pressure Circuit P0106 Manifold Absolute Pressure Or Barometric Pressure Range Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 68 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 353: ...Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current softw...

Страница 354: ...es Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Turn ignition switch on Check MAP sensor supply between MAP...

Страница 355: ...off Disconnect ECM sensor harness connector Check for harness continuity between terminal 1 in MAP sensor connector E 033 and terminal 17 in ECM con nector E 001 Continuity should exist Is the check r...

Страница 356: ...the check result normal Yes Replace the MAP sensor with a known good MAP sensor Select view DTC on the X 431 screen If DTC P0105 or P0106 is not current present the system is OK If DTC P0105 or P0106...

Страница 357: ...P0107 Manifold Absolute Pressure Or Barometric Pressure Low Input P0108 Manifold Absolute Pressure Or Barometric Pressure High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 03 73 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 358: ...ic Pressure High Input Signal output is above maximum acceptable range for a few seconds continuously MAP sensor Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following pr...

Страница 359: ...out Engine Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Is ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 2 CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE MAP SENSO...

Страница 360: ...K THE MAP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM sensor harness connector E 001 Check for harness continuity between MAP sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal...

Страница 361: ...result normal Yes Replace the MAP sensor with a known good MAP sensor Select view DTC on the X 431 screen If DTC P0107 or P0108 is not current present the system is OK If DTC P0107 or P0108 is curren...

Страница 362: ...P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 78 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 363: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 03 79 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 364: ...rd and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic P...

Страница 365: ...No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 1 8L ENGINE CHECK THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch on Check reference voltage between IAT sensor t...

Страница 366: ...k supply voltage between IAT sensor terminal 2 and ground in the IAT sensor electrical connector E 033 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open...

Страница 367: ...Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace IAT sensor 8 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0112 still present Yes Replace t...

Страница 368: ...P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 84 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 369: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 03 85 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 370: ...erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedu...

Страница 371: ...p No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 1 8L ENGINE CHECK THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch on Check supply voltage between IAT sensor te...

Страница 372: ...the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 5 1 6L ENGINE CHECK THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Check supply voltage between IAT sensor terminal 2 and...

Страница 373: ...terminal 17 IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR TERMINAL ECM CONNECTOR TERMINAL 1 17 For 1 8L engine check continuity between IAT sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 17 IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR TERMINAL ECM CONNECTOR TER...

Страница 374: ...result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the IAT sensor 8 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0113 still present Yes Replace the ECM NO...

Страница 375: ...P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030053T 03 03 91 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 376: ...hat battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan...

Страница 377: ...ections 2 CHECK ECT SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No R...

Страница 378: ...for a short to ground in harness or connectors 5 CHECK THE ECT SENSOR Check the resistance between ECT sensor terminal 1 and 2 component side ECT C RESISTANCE K 10 C 8 62 10 28 20 C 2 37 2 63 80 C 0...

Страница 379: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 380: ...P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030053T 03 96 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 381: ...th the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is curre...

Страница 382: ...connector E 019 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace harness for an open or short to power between ECT connector terminal 2 and ECM connector E 001...

Страница 383: ...minal 1 and 2 component side ECT C RESISTANCE K 10 C 8 62 10 28 20 C 2 37 2 63 80 C 0 299 0 345 Connect ECT sensor connector Connect ECM connector Turn ignition switch on Check ECT sensor signal outpu...

Страница 384: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 385: ...P0122 Throttle Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030044T 03 03 101 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 386: ...utput is below minimum acceptable range for a few seconds continuously Throttle Position Sensor TPS or misalignment Harness or connectors Signal circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedu...

Страница 387: ...rness Layout Engine Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 2 CHECK TPS ELECTRICAL CONNECT...

Страница 388: ...c Engine Controls 4 CHECK TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between following terminals TPS SENSOR CONNECTOR TE...

Страница 389: ...e following conditions ECM TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 32 Regulated sensor supply Ignition switch ON Approximately 5 V 38 Electronic throttle control actuator Position sensor Engine sto...

Страница 390: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 391: ...P0123 Throttle Position Sensor A Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030044T 03 03 107 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 392: ...ximum acceptable range for a few seconds continuously Throttle Position Sensor TPS or misalignment Harness or connectors The sensor signal circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Bef...

Страница 393: ...rness Layout Engine Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 2 CHECK TPS ELECTRICAL CONNECT...

Страница 394: ...ngine Controls 4 CHECK THE TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness for short to power Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 6 No Go t...

Страница 395: ...ottle control actuator Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully released 0 74 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 4 62 V 78 Sensor GND Approximately 0 V 64 Motor 4 12 V or 0 V 65 Motor 3...

Страница 396: ...P0132 O2 Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030054T 03 112 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 397: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030055T 03 03 113 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 398: ...or circuit is open or shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan to...

Страница 399: ...ector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Disconnect ECM harness connector Che...

Страница 400: ...tart engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 RPM for at least 1 minute Let engine idle for 1 minute Set the digital multimeter probes between ECM terminal 4 and ground Check sensor ou...

Страница 401: ...the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the...

Страница 402: ...P0171 Fuel Trim System Too Lean DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 118 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 403: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 03 119 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 404: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030048T 03 120 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 405: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030049T 03 03 121 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 406: ...accelerator pedal slowly Approximately 1 3 V Engine running 2000 RPM Approximately 1 5 V Press accelerator pedal quickly Up to Approximately 4 V instantaneous On Board Diagnostic Logic Self diagnosis...

Страница 407: ...uit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK Start engine and run it at idle Listen exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst Is the check result normal Yes Go to the n...

Страница 408: ...necessary 5 CHECK UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between the following terminals COMPONENT TERMINAL ECM TERMINAL O2 SENSOR TERMINAL TERMIN...

Страница 409: ...1 6L engine check MAP sensor signal voltage TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 4 MAP sensor Engine Running Engine running Idle Press accelerator pedal slowly Approximately 1 3 V Press accelera...

Страница 410: ...a 3 8 bar in 10 minutes Engine Idle 400 420 kPa 4 0 4 2 bar Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 9 No Go to the next step 8 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following Fuel pump and circuit Fu...

Страница 411: ...oduces a momentary engine speed drop Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 12 No Go to the next step 10 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to each injector operating sound Operating sound should ex...

Страница 412: ...ist Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between following terminals INJECTOR NO ECM TERMINAL INJECTOR TERMINAL 1 27 2 2 6 2 3 7 2 4 47 2 Continuity shoul...

Страница 413: ...delivery rail with injectors See Fuel Injector Rail Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L in Section 04 Fuel Delivery NOTE Be careful not to drop the fuel injectors when removing the fuel delivery rail...

Страница 414: ...e the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble t...

Страница 415: ...P0172 Fuel Trim System Too Rich DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030052T 03 03 131 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 416: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030058T 03 132 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 417: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030048T 03 03 133 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 418: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030049T 03 134 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 419: ...1 3 V Engine running 2000 RPM Approximately 1 5 V Press accelerator pedal quickly Up to approximately 4 V instantaneous On Board Diagnostic Logic Self diagnosis detection logic DTC NO DTC DEFINITION...

Страница 420: ...AS LEAK Start engine and run it at idle Listen for exhaust leak before three way catalyst Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace 2 CHECK ECM CONTROL SIGNAL IN DATA STR...

Страница 421: ...Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open or short to power in harness or connectors 5 CHECK THE FUEL PRESSURE Release fuel pressure to zero Install fuel pressure gauge 2 and check...

Страница 422: ...C VOLTAGE 37 MAF sensor Engine is running ECT 78 C Idle 795 RPM IAT 36 C IAT signal 1 88 V 322 kg h 1 39 V For 1 6L engine check MAP sensor signal voltage TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 4...

Страница 423: ...n to each injector operating sound Operating sound should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 11 No Go to the next step 10 CHECK INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch off Disconnec...

Страница 424: ...e is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle Remove fuel delivery rail with injectors See Fuel Injector Rail Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L in Section 04 Fuel Delivery NOTE Be...

Страница 425: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 426: ...P0201 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit P0202 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit P0203 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit P0204 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030048T 03 142 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 427: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030049T 03 03 143 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 428: ...software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected...

Страница 429: ...mal Yes Go to step 11 No Go to step 6 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 11 No Go to the next step 5 CHECK...

Страница 430: ...and relay box F3 A13 G5 Fuse 12 fuse 24 fuse 27 Without EOBD 1 6L Front fuse and relay box F3 G2 G5 Fuse 12 fuse 23 fuse 24 harness between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes With the X...

Страница 431: ...ectors 10 CHECK INJECTOR RESISTANCE Check fuel injector resistance between the following terminals INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 12 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Check sensor s...

Страница 432: ...P0202 P0203 or P0204 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The...

Страница 433: ...P0221 Throttle Position Sensor B Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030044T 03 03 149 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 434: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030045T 03 150 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 435: ...tart Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TPS1 and TPS2 Electronic throttle control actuator TPS1 and TPS2 Harness or connectors The sensor signal circuit is open...

Страница 436: ...t Engine Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TPS ELEC...

Страница 437: ...terminal 32 Continuity should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open If the circuit is normal go to the next step 5 CHECK THE TPS AND THE AC...

Страница 438: ...celerator pedal Fully released 0 36 0 37 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 1 97 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 10 No Replace the Accelerator Pedal Assembly See Accelerato...

Страница 439: ...on Check voltage between TPS terminals 6 TPS1 and ground terminal 5 TPS2 and ground under the following conditions TPS TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION VOLTAGE DC VOLTAGE 5 Throttle Position Sensor 2 TPS2 I...

Страница 440: ...lace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassembl...

Страница 441: ...linder 1 Injector Circuit Low P0264 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low P0267 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low P0270 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030048T 03 03 157 Chery Automobil...

Страница 442: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030049T 03 158 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 443: ...current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is de...

Страница 444: ...k result normal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next s...

Страница 445: ...ont fuse and relay box F3 A13 G5 Fuse 12 fuse 24 fuse 27 Without EOBD 1 6L Front fuse and relay box F3 G2 G5 Fuse 12 Fuse 23 Fuse 24 harness between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Wi...

Страница 446: ...rs 10 CHECK INJECTOR RESISTANCE Check the fuel injector resistance as shown in the following INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 12 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Check sensor signal...

Страница 447: ...1 P0264 P0267 or P0270 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No Th...

Страница 448: ...ector Circuit High P0265 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High P0268 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High P0271 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High Injector Circuit High DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030048T 03 164 Cher...

Страница 449: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030049T 03 03 165 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 450: ...current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is d...

Страница 451: ...result normal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next st...

Страница 452: ...x F3 A13 G5 Fuse 12 fuse 24 fuse 27 Without EOBD 1 6L Front fuse and relay box F3 G2 G5 Fuse 12 Fuse 23 Fuse 24 Check harness for open or shorted between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Y...

Страница 453: ...RESISTANCE Check resistance as table shown Check the fuel injector resistance as shown in the following INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 16 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Check sig...

Страница 454: ...Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly R...

Страница 455: ...P0321 Distributor Engine Speed In Phase Circuit Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030046T 03 03 171 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 456: ...able Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Crank engine for a few seconds and run it for a few seconds then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagno...

Страница 457: ...ce the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION CKP SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE Turn ignition switch on Check CKP sensor supply voltage between sensor connector E 006 terminal 1 and...

Страница 458: ...stal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No Repair circuit for open or short in harness or connectors 5 CHECK CKP SENSOR SIGNAL WAVE PATTERN Connect ECM connector Connect CKP sensor connec...

Страница 459: ...the CKP sensor signals were still irregular or missing go to step 7 No Replace or clear CKP sensor 7 CHECK INSTALLED CLEARANCE Check the installed clearance See Crankshaft Position CKP Sensor Removal...

Страница 460: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 461: ...P0324 Knock Control System Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030047T 03 03 177 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 462: ...t current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Run engine for a while then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedur...

Страница 463: ...R INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between sensor connector E 017 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 19 sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 20 ECM CONNECTOR TERMI...

Страница 464: ...normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace knock sensor 5 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0324 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The I...

Страница 465: ...P0343 Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030051T 03 03 181 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 466: ...available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Run engine for a while then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DT...

Страница 467: ...sor electrical connector 12 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check harness for an open or short between EVAP canister con...

Страница 468: ...n ignition switch on Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 2 and ground 11 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace open circuit or short to power in...

Страница 469: ...missing go to Step 9 No Replace CMP sensor 9 CHECK INSTALLED CLEARANCE Check the installed clearance See CMP Sensor Removal Installation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Con trols 0 8 1 2 mm should exi...

Страница 470: ...lace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassembl...

Страница 471: ...P0444 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030050T 03 03 187 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 472: ...ot detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnosis Testing Diagnostic Help in Sec tion 03 Electronic Engine Controls NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the ele...

Страница 473: ...ound 12 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 6 No Go to the next step 5 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check harness for an open or short between EVAP canister control valve and fuse C...

Страница 474: ...2 Approximately 26 Check air passage continuity and operation when apply 12 V current supply voltage between terminal 1 and 2 The check results should match specification Is the check result normal Y...

Страница 475: ...irm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the...

Страница 476: ...tle clearance Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Clean or replace as necessary 3 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0506 st...

Страница 477: ...ore performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software...

Страница 478: ...he check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open or short in harness or connectors 3 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is...

Страница 479: ...ming electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHECK DTC Perform DTC confirmation procedure Is DTC P0...

Страница 480: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 481: ...P0645 A C Clutch Relay Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030065T 03 03 197 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 482: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030066T 03 198 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 483: ...DITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE P0645 A C clutch relay circuit Engine is running ECM detected that the input signal is out of the acceptable range Fuse A C compressor relay Harness or connecto...

Страница 484: ...2 CHECK A C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT Turn off A C switch Check A C clutch relay control circuit supply voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground in the ECM electrical connector E 001 Battery volt...

Страница 485: ...the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the...

Страница 486: ...P1545 Throttle Position Control Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030044T 03 202 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 487: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030045T 03 03 203 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 488: ...or after engine start Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TPS1 and TPS2 Electronic throttle control actuator TPS1 and TPS2 Harness or connectors Accelerator ped...

Страница 489: ...e Room Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TPS...

Страница 490: ...arness continuity between TPS terminal 3 and ECM terminal 32 Continuity should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open 5 CHECK THE TPS POWER S...

Страница 491: ...tor pedal Fully released 0 36 0 37 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 1 97 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 10 No Replace the Accelerator Pedal Assembly See Accelerator Peda...

Страница 492: ...d terminal 38 TP sensor 2 and ground under the following conditions ECM TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 38 TPS connector terminal 5 Electronic throttle control actuator Position sensor Igni...

Страница 493: ...the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble th...

Страница 494: ...P2138 Pedal Position Sensor Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030045T 03 210 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 495: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030044T 03 03 211 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 496: ...on switch on or after engine start Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APPS1 and APPS2 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 Harness or connectors Electronic...

Страница 497: ...nspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1...

Страница 498: ...E 102 C 102 Check harness for an open and short between APPS2 and ECM Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace malfunctioning part 7 CHECK TPS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Chec...

Страница 499: ...d Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 4 62 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace TPS circuits for open or short If the TPS circuits are normal replace electronic thro...

Страница 500: ...sor 1 APPS1 Ignition switch ON Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully released 0 72 0 74 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 3 95 V 40 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 APPS2 Engine s...

Страница 501: ...y conditions while the engine is operating or hot Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or damage to the cooling system or engine To avoid having scalding hot coolant or...

Страница 502: ...removal Oxygen Sensor Description This vehicle is equipped with two oxygen sensors upstream oxygen sensor downstream oxygen sensor The oxy gen sensors are located before and after the three way catal...

Страница 503: ...also used to establish the upstream O2 goal voltage switching point Removal Installation Upstream Oxygen Sensor 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the oxygen sensor electrical connec...

Страница 504: ...he current The Engine Control Module ECM can calculate the speed of the engine from the crankshaft s frequency of pulses Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the C...

Страница 505: ...n der head cover 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Vehicle Speed Sensor Description The vehicle speed sensor is mounted to the transaxle housing Operation The vehicle speed sensor gene...

Страница 506: ...al Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor 1 6L Description The Manifold Absolute Pressure MAP sensor is mounted to the front of the engine on the intake manifold Operation The MAP sensor monitors the press...

Страница 507: ...now intake air volume to calculate engine load This is neces sary to determine how much fuel to inject Operation The air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount The he...

Страница 508: ...The accelerator pedal position APP sensor on the accelerator pedal works according to the Hall principal the sen sor is integrated into the pedal lever axis It consists of a shaft with a ring magnet T...

Страница 509: ...Module ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position Operation Filtered air from the air cleaner enters the intake manifold through t...

Страница 510: ...M can adapt its programming to meet changing operating conditions Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the glove box See Instrument Panel Removal Installation in Secti...

Страница 511: ...3 Injector Circuit P0204 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit 03 345 P0221 Throttle Position Sensor B Performance 03 352 P0261 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low P0264 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low P0267 Cylin...

Страница 512: ...d Control System 03 432 Description 03 432 Operation 03 433 Electrical Schematics 03 434 Accelerator Pedal Position APP Sensor 03 438 Description 03 438 Operation 03 438 Removal Installation 03 438 El...

Страница 513: ...sition APP Sensor Knock Sensor Oxygen Sensor Upstream Downstream Clutch Pedal Switch manual transaxle only ECM Outputs Canister Control Valve Fuel Injectors Fuel Pump Relay Electronic Throttle Control...

Страница 514: ...es The temperature gauge indicates too high The temperature gauge indicates too low The cooling fan operates continuously on high speed The high temperature warning lamp will flash when the IP indicat...

Страница 515: ...cceleration Unstable idle Rough engine operation Replace 15 IAT Intake air temperature will be equal to the coolant temperature Replace 16 Cooling Fan High engine temperature Poor air conditioner perf...

Страница 516: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Engine Analyzer KES 200 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 03 232 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 517: ...Compression Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge GENERAL INFORMATION 03 03 233 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 518: ...Electrical Schematics Electronic Engine Controls Page 1 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030093T 03 234 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 519: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 2 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030094T 03 03 235 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 520: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 3 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030103T 03 236 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 521: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 4 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030095T 03 03 237 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 522: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 5 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030096T 03 238 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 523: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 6 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030097T 03 03 239 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 524: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 7 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030098T 03 240 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 525: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 8 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030099T 03 03 241 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 526: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 9 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030100T 03 242 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 527: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 10 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030101T 03 03 243 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 528: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 11 of 11 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030102T 03 244 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 529: ...Control Actuator 14 EMS Relay Main Relay 55 Downstream Oxygen Sensor 15 Crankshaft Position Sensor 56 16 Accelerator Position Sensor 57 17 Sensor GND 58 Brake Switch 18 Upstream Oxygen Sensor 59 19 K...

Страница 530: ...Sensor GND 77 Headlamp Switch 37 Air Flow Sensor 78 Sensor GND 38 Electronic Throttle Control Actuator Position Sensor 79 Camshaft Position Sensor 39 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 80 GND Power 40...

Страница 531: ...ntrolled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit A poor or corroded ground can effect the circuit Perform...

Страница 532: ...ondition The self learning condition as the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator Self Learning Condition CAUTION Make sure that the Electronic Throttle Control Actuator self learning process lasts for...

Страница 533: ...ectronic Control Systems On Chery B11 Series 7 Fiat 3 Pin Connector To Diagnose Vehicles With Fiat 3 Pin Diagnostic Connector ITEM NAME DESCRIPTION 8 Smart OBDII 16 Pin Connector To Diagnose Other Sys...

Страница 534: ...e Air Flow Circuit Low Input P0103 Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input P0116 Engine Coolant Temper...

Страница 535: ...ion Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal P0324 Knock Control System Error P0327 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input P0328 Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High Input P0340 Camshaft Position Sensor Circ...

Страница 536: ...trol System Malfunction P0704 Clutch Switch Input Circuit P1297 Manufacturer Controlled Computer And Auxiliary Outputs P1336 Engine Torque Control Adaptation at Limit P1545 Throttle Position Control M...

Страница 537: ...m Too Rich at Idle P2195 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2196 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P2270 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Lean Bank 1 Sensor 2 P2271 O2 Sensor Signal Stuck Ri...

Страница 538: ...ECM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Test Power Supply And Ground Circuit Diagnostic Check DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030023T 03 254 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 539: ...attery Voltage 11 14 V 13 Ignition switch Ignition switch ON Battery Voltage 11 14 V Ignition switch OFF Approximately 0 V 14 ECM main relay Ignition switch OFF More than a few seconds after turning i...

Страница 540: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030024T 03 256 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 541: ...on switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on Start engine then select view data stream If the data stream is...

Страница 542: ...ound connections 5 CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 3 51 53 61 80 and ground Continuity should exist Check...

Страница 543: ...10 sec onds Check voltage between ECM terminal 14 and ground Battery voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Go to step 10 9 CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 3 Discon...

Страница 544: ...rcuit for an open or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 11 CHECK FUSE Disconnect fuse 23 10A fuse 24 5A in front fuse and relay box Check fuses Is the check result normal Yes G...

Страница 545: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests P0016 Camshaft Position Crankshaft Position Correlation Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030032T 03 03 261 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 546: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030027T 03 262 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 547: ...e Timing misalignment ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Connect the X 431 scan tool to the diagnostic connector DL...

Страница 548: ...nnections 2 CHECK CMP SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the CMP sensor electrical connector 1 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No...

Страница 549: ...urn ignition switch off Check harness continuity between CMP sensor terminal 1 and ground Continuity should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an...

Страница 550: ...SOR SIGNAL Is the CMP output signal normal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next step 8 CHECK CMP SENSOR Remove the CMP sensor 1 Inspect and clean the CMP sensor and mounting area for any condition that...

Страница 551: ...mal Yes Replace the CMP sensor with a known good CMP sensor Monitor the CMP sensor signal on the KES 200 screen If the CMP sensor signals were normal the system is OK If the CMP sensor signals were st...

Страница 552: ...ween CKP sensor 1 terminal 1 or 2 and ground when engine is running ENGINE ANALYZER KES 200 CKP SENSOR SIGNAL Is the CKP output signal normal Yes Go to step 12 No Go to the next step DIAGNOSIS TESTING...

Страница 553: ...lace the electrical connector as necessary 12 CHECK CKP SENSOR Remove the CKP sensor Inspect and clean the CKP sensor and mounting area for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal such...

Страница 554: ...uld exist Check the camshaft and camshaft signal plate for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal such as damage become flexible foreign material when rotate the camshaft Were any prob...

Страница 555: ...n tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0016 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation...

Страница 556: ...P0031 O2 Sensor 1 Heater Control Circuit Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030036T 03 272 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 557: ...irmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the...

Страница 558: ...ss or connections 2 CHECK UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the upstream O2 sensor 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Ye...

Страница 559: ...FOR OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM connector Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and O2 sensor terminal COMPONENT ECM UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR TERMINAL 48 With EOBD 1 Witho...

Страница 560: ...1 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0031 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal l...

Страница 561: ...P0032 O2 Sensor 1 Heater Control Circuit High DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030036T 03 03 277 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 562: ...fore performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software...

Страница 563: ...ns 2 CHECK UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the upstream O2 sensor 1 electrical connector E 004 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to t...

Страница 564: ...epaired 5 CHECK O2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM connector Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and O2 sensor terminal COMPONENT ECM UPSTRE...

Страница 565: ...scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0032 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lat...

Страница 566: ...P0102 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 282 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 567: ...urrent software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stre...

Страница 568: ...lectrical connector 1 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 4 CHECK THE MAF SENS...

Страница 569: ...normal replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Installation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls 7 CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OP...

Страница 570: ...AVERAGE DC VOLTAGE 37 Air flow sensor Engine is running ECT 78 C Idle 795 RPM IAT 36 C IAT signal 1 88 V Approximately 1 39 V If the signal voltage is out of specification proceed with the following C...

Страница 571: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 572: ...P0103 Mass Or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 288 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 573: ...t of the acceptable range MAF sensor Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch...

Страница 574: ...ons OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection Air cleaner Intake air duct Is the check result normal Yes Go...

Страница 575: ...CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 17 Continuity should exist Check harness for short...

Страница 576: ...Air flow sensor Engine is running ECT 78 C Idle 795 RPM IAT 36 C IAT signal 1 88 V Approximately 1 39 V Is the signal voltage of MAF normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace MAF sensor 9 CHECK DTC Wi...

Страница 577: ...P0112 Intake Air Temperature Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 03 293 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 578: ...on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is...

Страница 579: ...n nector E 009 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to Step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness...

Страница 580: ...mal Yes Go to the next step No Replace IAT sensor 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0112 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobil...

Страница 581: ...P0113 Intake Air Temperature Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 03 297 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 582: ...e scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go...

Страница 583: ...pply voltage between IAT sensor terminal 1 and ground in the IAT sensor electrical connector E 009 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open or...

Страница 584: ...ATA DC VOLTAGE 42 IAT sensor Ignition switch on IAT 36 C Approximately 1 88 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace IAT sensor 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTC...

Страница 585: ...P0117 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030034T 03 03 301 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 586: ...ecord and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnosti...

Страница 587: ...sor electrical connec tor E 019 4 5 4 9 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness c...

Страница 588: ...CT 90 C Approximately 0 94 V 17 Sensor GND Approximately 0 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace ECT sensor 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Co...

Страница 589: ...P0118 Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030034T 03 03 305 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 590: ...e available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC...

Страница 591: ...ctor E 019 4 5 4 9 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace harness for an open or short to power between ECT connector terminal 2 and ECM connector E 001...

Страница 592: ...d 2 ECT C RESISTANCE K 10 C 8 62 10 28 20 C 2 37 2 63 80 C 0 299 0 345 Connect ECT sensor connector Connect ECM connector Turn ignition switch on Check sensor signal output TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION...

Страница 593: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 594: ...P0122 Throttle Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030025T 03 310 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 595: ...ON Engine Running Signal output is below minimum acceptable range for a few seconds continuously TPS or misalignment Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the followin...

Страница 596: ...Layout Engine Room Harness With 2 0L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK TPS SENSOR ELECTRICAL...

Страница 597: ...n Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls 4 CHECK TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between following terminals T...

Страница 598: ...onditions TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 32 Regulated sensor supply 2 Ignition switch ON Approximately 5 V 38 Electronic throttle control actuator position sensor Engine stopped Accelerato...

Страница 599: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 600: ...P0123 Throttle Position Sensor A Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030025T 03 316 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 601: ...h ON Engine Running Signal output is above maximum acceptable range for a few seconds continuously TPS or misalignment Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the follow...

Страница 602: ...Layout Engine Room Harness With 2 0L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK TPS SENSOR ELECTRICAL...

Страница 603: ...ion in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls 4 CHECK TPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR A SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness for short to power Is the check result norma...

Страница 604: ...VOLTAGE 32 Regulated sensor supply 2 Ignition switch ON Approximately 5 V 38 Electronic throttle control actuator position sensor Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully released 4 24 V Engine stopped...

Страница 605: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 606: ...P0132 O2 Sensor Circuit 1 High Voltage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030036T 03 322 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 607: ...DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC...

Страница 608: ...ical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Disconnect ECM harness conn...

Страница 609: ...CHECK CONTENT NORMAL VALUE Oxygen sensor Warm up condition Become lean while decelerate Decelerate from 4 000 RPM suddenly Below 100 mV Warm up condition Become rich while accelerate Accelerate sudde...

Страница 610: ...P0171 Fuel Trim System Too Lean DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 326 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 611: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030029T 03 03 327 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 612: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030030T 03 328 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 613: ...eaks Air flow sensor Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure lack of fuel Incorrect PCV hose connection Upstream O2 sensor ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the followin...

Страница 614: ...K ECM CONTROL SIGNAL IN DATA STREAM With the X 431 select view data stream MONITOR ITEM CONDITION DATA Injector pulse Engine warm up Shift P or N Air conditioning off No load Idle Approximately 2 5 ms...

Страница 615: ...air or replace circuit for an open or short to ground in harness or connectors 6 CHECK AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL Check air flow in data stream TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA AVERAGE DC VOLTAGE 37 Air fl...

Страница 616: ...bar in 10 minutes Engine Idle 400 kPa 4 0 bar 420 kPa 4 2 bar Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 9 No Go to the next step 8 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following Fuel pump and circuit...

Страница 617: ...roduces a momentary engine speed drop Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 12 No Go to the next step 10 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to each injector operating sound Operating sound should e...

Страница 618: ...ist Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between following terminals INJECTOR NO ECM TERMINAL INJECTOR TERMINAL 1 27 2 2 6 2 3 7 2 4 47 2 Continuity shoul...

Страница 619: ...when removing the fuel delivery rail Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector rail Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors Prepare pans or saucers under each injector Crank engin...

Страница 620: ...P0172 Fuel Trim System Too Rich DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030033T 03 336 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 621: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030029T 03 03 337 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 622: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030030T 03 338 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 623: ...injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Upstream O2 sensor ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn igni...

Страница 624: ...Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 3 CHECK UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the upstream O2 sensor 1 electrical connector Ins...

Страница 625: ...ase fuel pressure to zero Install fuel pressure gauge 2 and check fuel pressure Observe the following fuel pressures when testing See Fuel Pressure Test in Section 04 Fuel Delivery FUEL PRESSURES Key...

Страница 626: ...1 39 V Is the check result normal Yes If with the X 431 go to the next step If without the X 431 go to step 9 No Check connectors for damaged or air flow signal circuit for short to power 8 PERFORM AC...

Страница 627: ...47 2 Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for short to ground in harness or connectors 11 CHECK INJECTOR RESISTANCE Disconnect injector harness connector...

Страница 628: ...harness connectors Prepare pans or saucers under each injector Crank engine for about 3 seconds Make sure fuel does not drip from injector Is the check result normal Yes Go to next step No Replace any...

Страница 629: ...P0201 Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit P0202 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit P0203 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit P0204 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030029T 03 03 345 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 630: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030030T 03 346 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 631: ...tware available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected go t...

Страница 632: ...al Yes Go to step 11 No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS Listen to injectors for operating sound one by one Does a clicking noise exist for all injectors Yes Go to step 11 No Go to the next...

Страница 633: ...ss connectors A 102 E 105 Front fuse and relay box F3 Fuse 12 fuse 23 fuse 24 Check harness for an open or short to ground between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes With the X 431 check...

Страница 634: ...ISTANCE Check resistance as table shown Check the fuel injector resistance as shown in the following INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 11 16 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Also chec...

Страница 635: ...P0202 P0203 or P0204 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The...

Страница 636: ...P0221 Throttle Position Sensor B Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030025T 03 352 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 637: ...tch ON Engine Running Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TPS1 and TPS2 Electronic throttle control actuator TPS1 and TPS2 Harness or connectors Accelerator peda...

Страница 638: ...ess Layout Engine Room Harness With 2 0L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK TPS ELECTRICAL CON...

Страница 639: ...l 3 and ECM terminal 32 Continuity should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open 5 CHECK THE TPS AND THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION APP SENSO...

Страница 640: ...pped Accelerator pedal Fully released 0 36 0 37 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 1 97 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 10 No Replace the Accelerator Pedal Assembly See Acc...

Страница 641: ...erminals 54 TPS1 signal 38 TPS2 signal and ground under the following con ditions TPS TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 5 Throttle Position Sensor 2 TPS2 Ignition switch ON Engine stopped Acc...

Страница 642: ...lace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassembl...

Страница 643: ...linder 1 Injector Circuit Low P0264 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low P0267 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low P0270 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030029T 03 03 359 Chery Automobil...

Страница 644: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030030T 03 360 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 645: ...rent software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detec...

Страница 646: ...ormal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next step 5 CHEC...

Страница 647: ...CTIONING PART Check the following Harness connectors A 102 E 105 Front fuse and relay box F3 Fuse 12 fuse 23 fuse 24 Harness for shorted between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to...

Страница 648: ...ot exist INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL GROUND 1 2 Ground 2 2 3 2 4 2 Is the check result normal Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal I...

Страница 649: ...Idle Accelerate suddenly Voltage 11 14 V 7 Injector 3 27 Injector 1 47 Injector 4 Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace injector 11 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM...

Страница 650: ...inder 1 Injector Circuit High P0265 Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High P0268 Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High P0271 Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030029T 03 366 Chery Automobil...

Страница 651: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030030T 03 03 367 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 652: ...current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is d...

Страница 653: ...ult normal Yes Go to step 10 No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next step 5...

Страница 654: ...fuse Is the check result normal Yes With the X 431 check the system If OK go to the next step No Repair malfunctioning part 8 CHECK INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT Check injector control circuit...

Страница 655: ...ce as shown in the following INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 11 16 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Connect ECM connector Connect injector connector Check the fuel injector voltage...

Страница 656: ...Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly R...

Страница 657: ...P0321 Distributor Engine Speed In Phase Circuit Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030027T 03 03 373 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 658: ...able Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnosti...

Страница 659: ...6 terminal 1 and ground terminal 2 and ground in the sensor electrical connector 3 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check...

Страница 660: ...NSOR Check resistance as table shown Remove the sensor Visually check the sensor for chipping TERMINAL NO RESISTANCE 25 C 1 2 Approximately 860 Is the check result normal Yes Replace the CKP sensor wi...

Страница 661: ...result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the signal plate 9 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0321 still present Yes Replace the ECM...

Страница 662: ...P0324 Knock Control System Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030028T 03 378 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 663: ...software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Run engine for a while then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1...

Страница 664: ...SISTANCE Check resistance between knock sensor connector E 017 terminal 1 and terminal 2 The resistance should above 1 M Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace knock sensor 4 CH...

Страница 665: ...ct knock sensor connector Check knock sensor 1 output signal as table shown Set digital multimeter to the voltage range KNOCK SENSOR TERMINAL NO TEST METHOD 1 2 Test Method 1 Knock at cylinder with ru...

Страница 666: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 667: ...P0343 Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit High Input DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030032T 03 03 383 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 668: ...re available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Run engine for a while then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the...

Страница 669: ...ensor supply voltage between sensor connector E 007 terminal 3 and ground in the sen sor electrical connector 12 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DET...

Страница 670: ...ignition switch on Check voltage between CMP sensor terminal 2 and ground 10 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open or short to powe...

Страница 671: ...od CMP sensor Monitor the CMP sensor signal on the KES 200 screen If the CMP sensor signals were normal the system is OK If the CMP sensor signals were still irregular or missing go to step 9 No Repla...

Страница 672: ...replace camshaft 11 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0343 still present Yes Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be mat...

Страница 673: ...P0444 Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030031T 03 03 389 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 674: ...witch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure S...

Страница 675: ...ext step 3 CHECK THE EVAP CANISTER CONTROL VALVE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the EVAP canister control valve 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector for da...

Страница 676: ...Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for an open in harness or connectors If harness is normal go to the next step 7 CHECK EVAP CANISTER CONTROL VALVE Turn ignition switch off Remove EVAP...

Страница 677: ...ce the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 678: ...control actuator Intake air leak ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 sca...

Страница 679: ...le clearance Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Clean or replace as necessary 3 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0506 sti...

Страница 680: ...off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start the eng...

Страница 681: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace circuit for open or short in harness and connectors 3 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Pr...

Страница 682: ...the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating temperature With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC co...

Страница 683: ...M Removal Installation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls and view the DTC with the X 431 Is DTC P0602 setting again Yes Go to the next step Refer to Technical Bulletin that issued No The system...

Страница 684: ...P0645 A C Clutch Relay Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030063T 03 400 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 685: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030064T 03 03 401 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 686: ...LE CAUSE P0645 A C clutch relay circuit Engine is running ECM detected that the input signal is out of the acceptable range Fuse A C relay Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before p...

Страница 687: ...N CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Turn ignition switch on Turn A C switch off Check A C clutch relay control circuit supply voltage between ECM terminal 69 and ground in the...

Страница 688: ...ace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the new ECM See ECM Removal Instal lation in Section 03 Electronic Engine Controls No The system is now operating properly Reassemble...

Страница 689: ...P1545 Throttle Position Control Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030025T 03 03 405 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 690: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030026T 03 406 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 691: ...age is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TPS1 and TPS2 Electronic throttle control actuator TPS1 and TPS2 Harness or connectors Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 ECM DTC Confirmation Proced...

Страница 692: ...s Layout Engine Room Harness With 2 0L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Are the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground harness or connections 2 CHECK THE TPS ELECTRICAL C...

Страница 693: ...esult normal Yes Go to step 8 No Go to the next step 4 CHECK THE TPS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 Disconnect ECM harness connector 1 Turn ignition switch off Check harness continuity between TPS terminal 3...

Страница 694: ...itch on Check voltage between ECM terminals 16 APP sensor 1 and ground terminal 40 APP sensor 2 and ground under the following conditions ECM TERMINAL APP SENSOR TERMINAL 16 APP sensor terminal 4 40 A...

Страница 695: ...M terminal 54 Continuity should exist Also check harness for short to power and short to ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open or short to power or sh...

Страница 696: ...celerator pedal Fully released 0 74 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 4 62 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace electronic throttle control actuator and per...

Страница 697: ...P2138 Pedal Position Sensor Performance DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030026T 03 03 413 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 698: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030025T 03 414 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 699: ...oltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from Accelerator Pedal Position APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 and 2 Harness or connectors Electronic throttle contro...

Страница 700: ...THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION APP SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the APP sensor electrical connector 1 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the...

Страница 701: ...al Yes Go to step 7 No Go to the next step 6 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following Harness connectors E 102 C 102 Harness open and short between APP sensor 2 and ECM Is the check result norma...

Страница 702: ...Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 4 62 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace TPS circuits for open or short If the TPS circuits are normal replace electronic throt...

Страница 703: ...sor Turn ignition switch on Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully released 0 72 0 74 V Engine stopped Accelerator pedal Fully depressed 3 95 V 40 Accelerator Pedal Position sensor Engine stopped Acce...

Страница 704: ...U0001 High Speed CAN Defective DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030038T 03 420 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 705: ...record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Cycle ignition switch several times then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1...

Страница 706: ...DTC U0001 present Yes Go to the next step No The conditions that caused this code to set are not present at this time See Diagnostic Help in Sec tion 03 Electronic Engine Controls Erase all codes and...

Страница 707: ...ECM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CAN H ECM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CAN L RESISTANCE 62 81 123 Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched...

Страница 708: ...TCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL ECM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CONTINUITY CAN H 38 62 Yes Check harness CAN L continuity between following terminals CAN TCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL ECM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CONTINUITY CAN L...

Страница 709: ...munication DLC TERMINAL GROUND 6 CAN H Ground 14 CAN L Is the check result normal and DTC U0001 not present Yes Replace the CAN converter The problem caused by the CAN converter internal error No Go t...

Страница 710: ...normal and DTC U0001 not present Yes The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired No Replace the ECM NOTE The Immobilizer con...

Страница 711: ...ny conditions while the engine is operating or hot Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or damage to the cooling system or engine To avoid having scalding hot coolant o...

Страница 712: ...r of removal Oxygen Sensor Description This vehicle is equipped with two oxygen sensors upstream oxygen sensor downstream oxygen sensor The oxy gen sensors are located before and after the three way c...

Страница 713: ...also used to establish the upstream O2 goal voltage switching point Removal Installation Upstream Oxygen Sensor 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the oxygen sensor electrical connec...

Страница 714: ...w parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change Due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes...

Страница 715: ...r retaining bolt to 7 N m 4 Remove CMP sensor 5 Pull sensor up out of the cylinder head cover 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Air Flow Sensor Description The air flow sensor is place...

Страница 716: ...ive battery cable 2 Disconnect the accelerator sensor connect 3 Remove the accelerator sensor 1 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Speed Control System Description The Speed Control Sys...

Страница 717: ...new set speed If the RESUME ACC switch is pressed less than 0 5 seconds during cruise control operation the cruising speed is higher than the original speed of 2 km h If the DEC switch is pressed less...

Страница 718: ...Electrical Schematics Speed Control System page 1 of 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSMW030060T 03 434 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 719: ...Speed Control System page 2 of 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSMW030061T 03 03 435 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 720: ...Speed Control System page 3 of 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSMW030106T 03 436 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 721: ...Speed Control System page 4 of 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSMW030062T 03 03 437 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 722: ...in a printed circuit board with a stator in the fixed Hall elements This produces a change in the voltage The APP sensor is supplied with 5 V from the Engine Control Module ECM The information regard...

Страница 723: ...throttle position sensor is part the throttle body The throttle position sensor signal is used by the ECM to determine throttle position The ECM controls the electronic throttle control to meter air i...

Страница 724: ...anel Removal Installation in Section 15 Body 3 Disconnect the ECM electrical connector 4 Remove the ECM retaining bolts 1 Tighten ECM retaining bolts to 10 N m 5 Remove the ECM 6 Installation is in th...

Страница 725: ...peration 03 531 Removal Installation 03 531 Coolant Temperature Sensor For Instrument Cluster 03 532 Description 03 532 Operation 03 532 Removal Installation 03 532 Knock Sensor 03 533 Description 03...

Страница 726: ...ion Coil A C Compressor Cooling Fan Oxygen Sensor heating coil Upstream Downstream Operation The ECM monitors components and circuits and tests them in various ways depending on the hardware function...

Страница 727: ...s The temperature gauge indicates too high The temperature gauge indicates too low The cooling fan operates continuously on high speed The high temperature warning lamp will flash when the IP indicate...

Страница 728: ...tion Unstable idle Rough engine operation Replace 15 IAT Intake air temperature will be equal to the coolant temperature Replace 16 Cooling Fan High engine temperature Poor air conditioner performance...

Страница 729: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Engine Analyzer KES 200 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 03 03 445 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 730: ...Compression Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge GENERAL INFORMATION 03 446 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 731: ...Electrical Schematics Electronic Engine Controls Page 1 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030067T 03 03 447 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 732: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 2 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030068T 03 448 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 733: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 3 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030069T 03 03 449 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 734: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 4 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030070T 03 450 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 735: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 5 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030071T 03 03 451 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 736: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 6 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030072T 03 452 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 737: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 7 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030073T 03 03 453 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 738: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 8 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030074T 03 454 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 739: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 9 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030075T 03 03 455 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 740: ...Electronic Engine Controls Page 10 of 10 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030076T 03 456 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 741: ...le Air Control 4 56 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 19 Air Flow Sensor 57 20 58 21 Cooling Fan Control 59 Downstream Oxygen Sensor 22 A C Relay 60 Upstream Oxygen Sensor 23 Ignition Coil 2 61 24 62 Knoc...

Страница 742: ...electrical connections Because of this the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear Therefore circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the...

Страница 743: ...an drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit A poor or corroded ground can effect the circuit Perform the following when inspecting a ground connection 1 Remove the ground bolt or screw...

Страница 744: ...11 Series 7 Fiat 3 Pin Connector To Diagnose Vehicles With Fiat 3 Pin Diagnostic Connector ITEM NAME DESCRIPTION 8 Smart OBDII 16 Pin Connector To Diagnose Other Systems Of Vehicle With OBDII 16 Pin D...

Страница 745: ...r 21 Coolant Temperature Sensor 22 Crankshaft Position Sensor 23 Camshaft Position Sensor 24 Speed Sensor 25 Atmosphere Pressure Sensor 31 Knock Sensor 36 Ignition Signal Terminal 41 Injector 44 Ignit...

Страница 746: ...ECM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Test Power Supply And Ground Circuit Diagnostic Check DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030003T 03 462 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 747: ...gnition switch ON Battery Voltage 11 14 V 25 34 ECM relay Ignition switch OFF More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF Battery Voltage 11 14 V 64 Battery All time Battery Voltage 11 1...

Страница 748: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030004T 03 464 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 749: ...stream If the data stream is not detected the condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the data stream is detected the condition is intermittent See Diagnosis Testing Diagnostic Help...

Страница 750: ...GROUND CONNECTIONS Turn ignition switch off Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connections 6 CHECK ECM GROUND...

Страница 751: ...or F Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 12 25 and front fuse and relay box terminal F3 Continuity should exist Also check harness for short to ground and short to power Is the check result...

Страница 752: ...to the next step No Replace fuse 12 23 24 13 CHECK FRONT FUSE AND RELAY BOX Check front fuse and relay box Check harness continuity between front fuse and relay box and battery Is the check result nor...

Страница 753: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests 11 Oxygen Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030016T 03 03 469 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 754: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030017T 03 470 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 755: ...s more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase...

Страница 756: ...Go to the next step No Repair or replace the ground connection 2 CHECK UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the upstream O2 sensor 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector...

Страница 757: ...R AN OPEN OR SHORT Check harness continuity between ECM terminal and O2 sensor terminal as follows Continuity should exist Check harness continuity between following terminals and ground Continuity sh...

Страница 758: ...nd O2 sensor terminal COMPONENTS ECM O2 SENSOR TERMINAL 52 3 Continuity should exist Check harness short to power supply circuit and ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair...

Страница 759: ...E Oxygen sensor Warm up condition Become lean while decelerate Decelerate from 4 000 RPM suddenly below 200 mV Warm up condition Become rich while accelerate Accelerate suddenly 600 1 000 mV Warm up c...

Страница 760: ...12 Air Flow Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030013T 03 476 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 761: ...ord and erase DTC Start engine and keep the engine speed above 500 RPM and select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the...

Страница 762: ...ry voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to the next step 4 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following Harness connectors A 102 E 105 Front fuse and relay box H3 F...

Страница 763: ...or connec tors 7 CHECK MAF SENSOR Connect air flow sensor connector Connect ECM connector With digital multimeter and the X 431 check sensor signal output data and data stream value CAUTION To new veh...

Страница 764: ...to step 9 No Go to the next step 8 CHECK MAF SENSOR REFERENCE CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity between following terminal...

Страница 765: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 12 still present Yes Replace the ECM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 766: ...13 Air Temperature Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030013T 03 482 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 767: ...Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use...

Страница 768: ...ect the IAT sensor IAT sensor is built into 1 electrical connector Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrica...

Страница 769: ...t to ground in harness or connectors 5 CHECK IAT SENSOR Check resistance between MAF sensor terminal 5 and 6 under the following conditions IAT C RESISTANCE K 20 C 2 3 3 0 80 C 0 30 0 42 Connect IAT s...

Страница 770: ...Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 13 still present Yes Replace the ECM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repair...

Страница 771: ...14 Throttle Position Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030014T 03 03 487 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 772: ...ch ON position is not normal Idle position switch signal circuit shorted ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ig...

Страница 773: ...t subishi 2 4L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Is the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connection 2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TPS ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ig...

Страница 774: ...ontinuity between following terminals TPS TERMINAL ECM TERMINAL 2 68 Continuity should exist Also check harness for short to power and short to ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next ste...

Страница 775: ...tep No Repair the circuit for an open or short to power in harness or connectors 7 CHECK THE TPS RESISTANCE Check the resistance between TPS terminal 1 and terminal 3 28 33 20 C should exist Also chec...

Страница 776: ...is fully opened 4 5 5 5 V TP is open step by step Value is directly proportional to TP opening angle 71 Idle position switch Adjust TP to idle position 0 1 V TP is ajar Above 4 V 76 Sensor GND Approxi...

Страница 777: ...21 Coolant Temperature Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030005T 03 03 493 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 778: ...o above 1 6 V amount to 40 C engine coolant temperature Signal output is above 1 6 V for 5 minutes DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is...

Страница 779: ...With Mit subishi 2 4L Engine in Section 16 Wiring Is the ground connections OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace ground connection 2 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ECT SENSOR ELECTRICAL...

Страница 780: ...between ECT connector terminal 2 and ECM connector E 054 terminal 67 Is the check result normal Yes Replace the ECM No Repair circuit for an open or short in harness or connectors 5 CHECK ECT SENSOR G...

Страница 781: ...Ignition switch ON ECT 0 C 3 2 3 8 V ECT 20 C 2 3 2 9 V ECT 40 C 1 3 1 9 V ECT 80 C 0 3 0 9 V 76 Sensor GND Approximately 0 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace ECT sensor...

Страница 782: ...22 Crankshaft Position Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030012T 03 498 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 783: ...he ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is...

Страница 784: ...switch on Check supply voltage between CKP sensor terminal 3 and ground in the CKP sensor electrical connec tor E 055 Battery voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 No Go to...

Страница 785: ...s Go to step 7 No Go to the next step 6 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check harness for an open or short between CKP sensor and ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or repl...

Страница 786: ...TION DATA DC VOLTAGE 73 Crankshaft Position CKP sensor Ignition switch ON Engine Not cranking 4 8 5 2 V Engine Cranking 0 4 4 0 V Engine Idle 1 5 2 5 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 12 No...

Страница 787: ...ace the signal plate 12 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is the check result normal Yes The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle...

Страница 788: ...23 Camshaft Position Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030011T 03 504 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 789: ...tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Dia...

Страница 790: ...lectrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR AN OPEN OR SHORT Turn ignition switch on Check supply voltage between CMP sensor con nector E 056 termina...

Страница 791: ...OR AN OPEN Turn ignition switch off Check harness continuity between following terminals CKP SENSOR TERMINAL TERMINAL CONTINUITY 1 Ground Yes Continuity should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go...

Страница 792: ...NAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 72 Camshaft Position CMP sensor Ignition switch ON Engine Not cranking 4 8 5 2 V Engine Cranking 0 4 3 0 V Engine Idle 0 5 2 0 V Is the check result normal Yes Go...

Страница 793: ...es Go to the next step No Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft 11 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ECM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is D...

Страница 794: ...25 Atmosphere Pressure Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030013T 03 510 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 795: ...pressure sensor Harness or connectors ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431...

Страница 796: ...n Check supply voltage between atmosphere pres sure sensor connector E 058 terminal 1 and ground in the atmosphere pressure sensor electrical connector E 058 4 8 5 2 V should exist Is the check result...

Страница 797: ...o the next step No Repair or replace harness or connectors 5 CHECK ATMOSPHERE PRESSURE SENSOR Connect ECM connector Connect atmosphere pressure sensor connector With the X 431 select view data stream...

Страница 798: ...Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 25 still present Yes Replace the ECM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repair...

Страница 799: ...31 Knock Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030006T 03 03 515 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 800: ...ord and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Run engine for a while then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See D...

Страница 801: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the knock sensor ground circuit 4 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Disconnect ECM harness connector Check harness continuity betw...

Страница 802: ...gnal voltage should exist Test Method 2 Knock at sensor slightly Output signal voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace knock sensor 6 CHECK DTC With the X 43...

Страница 803: ...41 Injector DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030008T 03 03 519 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 804: ...ine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnosis Tes...

Страница 805: ...Yes The system is OK No Go to step 5 4 CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTOR Listen to injector operating sound one by one Do all injectors clicking noise exist Yes Go to step 10 No Go to the next step 5 CHECK...

Страница 806: ...r Check the following Harness connectors A 102 E 105 Front fuse and relay box H3 Fuse 22 Fuse 12 Harness for open or short between injector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step...

Страница 807: ...Go to the next step No Repair harness or connectors 10 CHECK INJECTOR Check resistance as table shown INJECTOR NO INJECTOR TERMINAL RESISTANCE APPROXIMATELY 20 C 1 1 2 13 16 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 Also ch...

Страница 808: ...ECT 20 C 27 41 ECT 80 C 6 8 10 2 Injector condition 2 ECT 80 95 C Lamp and all accessories OFF Transaxle Neutral Engine condition Idle 1 9 3 1 2500 RPM 1 7 2 9 Engine high running idle suddenly Raise...

Страница 809: ...44 Ignition Signal DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW030007T 03 03 525 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 810: ...e available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the ECM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature then select view DTC If DTC is detected go to Di...

Страница 811: ...ION Let engine run at 3000 RPM Read voltage signal between ECM terminals 10 23 and ground IGNITION COIL TERMINAL NO ITEM CONDITION DATA DC VOLTAGE 10 Ignition coil 1 terminal 3 Engine 3000 RPM 0 3 3 0...

Страница 812: ...ion switch on Check supply voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground in the ignition coil electrical connec tor Battery voltage should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 8 No Go...

Страница 813: ...Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 10 23 and ignition coil E 069 E 070 terminal 3 Continuity should exist Check harness for short to power and short to ground Is the check result normal Yes...

Страница 814: ...e is burned electrode or damaged nonconductor And check if the burned mark is even Check if there is carbon deposit exist Use steel wire or tool to eliminate it Check if the clearance meet standard Th...

Страница 815: ...ator pressure relief cap under any conditions while the engine is operating or hot Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or damage to the cooling system or engine To avo...

Страница 816: ...Operation The coolant temperature sensor for instrument cluster provides an input to the instrument cluster With the coolant temperature changes the bimetallic strip will curve complete the circuit an...

Страница 817: ...ensor input signal during engine idle conditions Once the engine speed exceeds a spec ified value knock retard is allowed Removal Installation 1 Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable 2 Dis...

Страница 818: ...deterioration As the convertor deteriorates the signal from the downstream sensor begins to match the upstream sensor signal except for a slight time delay By comparing the downstream heated oxygen s...

Страница 819: ...the oxygen sensor after the exhaust pipe has cooled 3 Remove the downstream oxygen sensor 1 Tighten Downstream oxygen sensor to 45 N m 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation N...

Страница 820: ...ensor to change The changing gap cause the magnetic field near the sensor to change Due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes The Engine Control Module ECM detects the vol...

Страница 821: ...The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it The more air the greater the heat loss Therefore the electric current supplied to the hot wire is changed to maintain th...

Страница 822: ...throttle control to meter air into the engine This regulates engine power The vehicle is in sense a Drive by Wire system Removal Installation 1 Remove the engine cover 2 Disconnect the negative batter...

Страница 823: ...air conditioning compressor clutch engagement and idle speed The ECM can adapt its programming to meet changing operating conditions Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remo...

Страница 824: ...tle body The sensor is connected to the throttle valve shaft As the position of the throttle valve changes the resistance output voltage of the TPS changes Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negati...

Страница 825: ...more air to pass through the port or it can be decreased by restricting the passage with the pintle and diminishing the amount of air bypassing the throttle valve The IAC is called a stepper motor be...

Страница 826: ...he voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor electrical connector fro...

Страница 827: ...Test List 03 544 Engine Cranks Normal But Will Not Start 03 545 Engine Will Not Crank 03 547 Hard Start Long Crank Erratic Start Erratic Crank 03 549 Fast Idle 03 552 Lack Loss Of Power 03 553 Back F...

Страница 828: ...ons first before continuing with symptom diagnostics Diagnostic Help Confirm there are no current engine DTCs Confirm that the failure exists and the customer complaint can be verified Inspect the eng...

Страница 829: ...ecessary Verify the symptom no longer exists 2 CHECK DTC Turn the ignition switch on With the scan tool X 431 select view DTC Are there any DTCs present Yes See the Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC List Go...

Страница 830: ...ession test on the engine Is engine compression correct Yes Verify test results If OK see Diagnostic Test List to repair any additional symptoms No Check for cause ELECTRONIC ENGINE CONTROLS 2 4L ENGI...

Страница 831: ...ists 2 LISTEN FOR STARTER RELAY CLICKING Attempt to start the engine Is a clicking sound heard from the starter relay when the ignition key is turned to START Yes Go to the next step No Go to step 5 3...

Страница 832: ...o to the next step 6 CHECK STARTING SYSTEM PRIMARY CIRCUITS Check the starting system primary circuits as follows Starter relay Ignition switch Are components systems OK Yes Ensure customer s concern...

Страница 833: ...elect view DTC and data stream in ECM Are there any DTCs present Yes See the Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC List Go to the specific diagnostic test to troubleshoot the DTC No Go to the next step 3 CHECK...

Страница 834: ...epair or replace fuel filter pressure regulator or fuel pump assembly 5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Check the exhaust system for restrictions Is there a restriction in the exhaust system Yes Repair as necess...

Страница 835: ...a vacuum leak in EVAP system refer to EVAP system and refer to EVAP control cir cuit relative DTC No Go to the next step 9 CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM Check for MAP MAF sensor Is there any contamination Y...

Страница 836: ...s Vacuum leaks Throttle plate and linkage Intake air tube leaks Correct sealing of intake manifold and components attached to intake air tube Are all checks OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair as nec...

Страница 837: ...exists 2 CHECK ECM DTC Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool X 431 read the DTC Do any DTC displayed on the scan tool Yes See the Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC List Go to the specific diagnostic te...

Страница 838: ...rk plug wires Spark plugs 5 CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM Check for MAP MAF sensor Is there any contamination Yes Clean or replace the sensor No Go to the next step 6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Check the exhaust...

Страница 839: ...ads or over RPM limiting functions enabled Clutch Charging system Ignition base timing if not previously checked If the base timing is not correct align the engine timing belt See Engine Timing Belt R...

Страница 840: ...tep 3 CHECK SECONDARY IGNITION SYSTEM Perform the following to test the secondary ignition system Disconnect the injector fuse Remove any of the 4 spark plugs Connect the spark plug to spark plug wire...

Страница 841: ...uel Pressure Test in Section 04 Fuel Delivery Is fuel pressure correct Yes Go to the next step No If the fuel pressure is greater than 400 kPa 4 0 bar Replace the fuel pressure regulator If the fuel p...

Страница 842: ...he following preliminary checks Fuel quality Vacuum lines check for damage and correct routing Intake air system check for damaged tubes and dirty air filter Vehicle wiring disconnected corroded damag...

Страница 843: ...o to the next step 4 CHECK ECM DTC Turn the ignition switch on With the scan tool X 431 read the DTC Are there any DTCs present Yes Repair as necessary No Go to the next step 5 CHECK THE ELECTRONIC TH...

Страница 844: ...Relief Procedure in Section 04 Fuel Delivery Check fuel system pressure See Fuel Pressure Test in Section 04 Fuel Delivery Is fuel pressure correct Yes Go to the next step No If the fuel pressure is g...

Страница 845: ...ck engine cylinder compression Compression should not be less than 1 000 kPa and not vary more than 25 percent from cylinder to cylinder Is engine compression correct Yes Go to the next step No Repair...

Страница 846: ...e diagnosis Inspect the following components Clean the carbon deposit on intake and exhaust valves Valve stem Spark plugs and combustion chamber Does the engine idle rough Yes Repair as necessary No G...

Страница 847: ...system pressure See Fuel Pressure Test in Section 04 Fuel Delivery Is fuel pressure correct Yes Go to the next step No If the fuel pressure is greater than 400 kPa 4 0 bar Replace the fuel pressure re...

Страница 848: ...PCV VALVE Remove Positive Crankcase Ventilation PCV valve and shake it Does PCV valve rattle Yes Install PCV valve go to the next step No Replace the PCV valve 4 CHECK PCV SYSTEM Start engine and brin...

Страница 849: ...ription 03 571 Operation 03 571 Removal Installation 03 571 Ignition Coil 2 4L 03 572 Description 03 572 Operation 03 572 Removal Installation 03 572 Spark Plug Wire 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 03 573 Removal Inst...

Страница 850: ...two cylinders When the ignition coil discharges two spark plugs fire at the same time The Engine Control Module ECM uses inputs from the Crankshaft Position CKP Sensor to determine the Top Dead Cente...

Страница 851: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Engine Analyzer KES 200 GENERAL INFORMATION 03 03 567 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 852: ...Electrical Schematics Ignition Control System 1 6L 1 8L Page 1 of 1 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030057T 03 568 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 853: ...Ignition Control System 2 0L Page 1 of 1 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030037T 03 03 569 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 854: ...Ignition Control System 2 4L Page 1 of 1 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030007T 03 570 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 855: ...nd provide high voltage output Operation When the primary wire is connected to power current will flow causing a strong magnetic field to form When the primary wire is disconnected the magnetic field...

Страница 856: ...provide high voltage output Operation When the primary wire is connected to power current will flow causing a strong magnetic field to form When the primary wire is disconnected the magnetic field wi...

Страница 857: ...oil and remove the spark plug wire 6 Twist the spark plug wire 3 from spark plug then pull the spark plug wire straight up 7 Remove the spark plug wire 1 8 Installation is in the reverse order of remo...

Страница 858: ...4 Remove the ignition coils spark plug wire assem bly 1 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Spark Plug 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L Removal Installation 1 Remove the engine cover 2 Disconnect the neg...

Страница 859: ...n 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Twist the spark plug wire from spark plug then pull straight up 3 Remove the ignition coils retaining bolts 2 4 Remove ignition coils 1 5 Remove the spark p...

Страница 860: ...584 Canister Control Solenoid Valve 2 4L 03 584 Description 03 584 Operation 03 584 Removal Installation 03 585 Vapor Canister 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 03 585 Description 03 585 Operation 03 585 Removal Install...

Страница 861: ...n filled evaporative canister The canister temporarily holds the vapors The Engine Control Module ECM allows intake manifold vacuum to draw vapors into the combustion chambers during certain operating...

Страница 862: ...nergized no vapors are purged The pulse width modulated canister control valve modulates the fuel vapor purge rate from the vapor canister and fuel tank to the engine intake manifold 2 4L 1 Fuel Tank...

Страница 863: ...Electrical Schematics Canister Control Valve 1 6L 1 8L GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030050T 03 03 579 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 864: ...Canister Control Valve 2 0L GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030031T 03 580 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 865: ...Canister Control Valve 2 4L GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030009T 03 03 581 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 866: ...EGR Control Solenoid Valve 2 4L GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW030010T 03 582 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 867: ...pecifications Torque Specifications DESCRIPTION TORQUE N m Vapor Canister Bolts 10 Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Engine Analyzer KES 200 GENERAL INFORMATION 03 03 583 Chery Automobile Co Lt...

Страница 868: ...lve switches from closed to open Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect the canister control valve electrical con nector 3 Disconnect the lines from canister control...

Страница 869: ...e vapor canister is located on the left side of the core support and is filled with activated carbon granules Operation The vapor canister is filled with activated carbon granules Fuel tank vapors are...

Страница 870: ...por canister is filled with activated carbon granules Fuel tank vapors are vented into the canister where they are absorbed by the activated carbon granules The canister temporarily holds the fuel vap...

Страница 871: ...rol Solenoid Valve 2 4L Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the battery negative cable 2 Disconnect EGR control solenoid valve electrical connector from the wiring harness connector 3 Remove the EGR con...

Страница 872: ...motor It is controlled by the vacuum hose Operation The EGR valve can heighten the intake air temperature and reduce the NOx content in the exhaust It is controlled by the coolant temperature sensor...

Страница 873: ...emove the EGR vacuum hose 2 Remove the EGR valve retaining bolts 1 Tighten EGR valve retaining bolts to 25 N m 3 Installation is in the reverse order of removal ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM030015 03 03 589...

Страница 874: ...on 04 15 Fuel Pump Inspection 04 17 Fuel Filter 04 18 Description 04 18 Operation 04 18 Removal Installation 04 18 Fuel Injector Rail 04 19 Description 04 19 Operation 04 19 Removal Installation 1 6L...

Страница 875: ...less fuel delivery system The MITSUBISHI engine utilizes a fuel return fuel delivery system WARNING Do not smoke or carry lighted tobacco or open flame of any type when working on or near any fuel rel...

Страница 876: ...II 4 Fuel Tank Protector 5 Fuel Tank Assembly 6 EVAP Hose 7 Fuel Delivery And Return Pipes Assembly 8 Fuel Filter Bracket 9 Fuel Filter Assembly 10 Bolt 11 Fuel Delivery Pipe 12 Electric Fuel Pump Ass...

Страница 877: ...The fuel injectors are powered by a 12 V source and are controlled through the ground side of the circuit by the ECM The fuel pump operation is defined in the fuel system control strategy and is contr...

Страница 878: ...el Rail Key Off 380 kPa 3 8 bar in 10 minutes 2 4L PRESSURE Fuel Pressure at Fuel Rail Key On 329 kPa 3 29 bar Fuel Pressure at Fuel Rail Engine Idle 320 kPa 3 2 bar 350 kPa 3 5 bar Fuel Pressure at F...

Страница 879: ...Electrical Schematics Fuel Delivery System Page 1 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040001T 04 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 880: ...Fuel Delivery System Page 2 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040002T 04 04 7 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 881: ...Fuel Delivery System Page 3 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040003T 04 8 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 882: ...Fuel Delivery System Page 4 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040004T 04 04 9 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 883: ...Fuel Delivery System Page 5 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040005T 04 10 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 884: ...Fuel Delivery System Page 6 of 6 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW040006T 04 04 11 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 885: ...ion 04 Fuel Delivery Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury or death Perform the following procedure to test for proper fuel pressure WARNING Wrap towels around hos...

Страница 886: ...l Observe the following fuel pressures when testing FUEL PRESSURE 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L Key On 400 kPa 4 0 bar Engine Idle 400 420 kPa 4 0 4 2 bar Key Off 380 kPa 3 8 bar in 10 minutes FUEL PRESSURE 2 4L Key...

Страница 887: ...and armature blocked Eroded fuel level sensor components Replace the fuel pump Fuel Injector Troubleshooting Chart CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES CORRECTION Symptoms of a Defective Fuel Injector s Poor idl...

Страница 888: ...is turned ON When the relay is activated it provides voltage to the fuel pump When the ECM receives an engine speed signal from the Crankshaft Position CKP sensor and a signal from the Immobilizer co...

Страница 889: ...ways observe fuel handling precautions and be prepared in the event of fuel spillage Spilled fuel may be ignited by hot vehicle components or other ignition sources Failure to follow these instruc tio...

Страница 890: ...Check that the pump operates within 10 seconds If the pump does not operate replace the fuel pump NOTE These tests must be completed within 10 seconds to prevent the coil from burning out Keep the fu...

Страница 891: ...d areas and avoid ignition sources Never smoke while servicing the vehicle This may result in personal injury or death 1 Release the fuel system pressure See Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure in Section...

Страница 892: ...his may result in personal injury or death 1 Release the fuel system pressure See Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure in Section 04 Fuel Delivery 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the engine...

Страница 893: ...sealing surfaces Fuel Injector Description The fuel injectors are positioned in the intake manifold with the nozzle ends directly above the intake valve port Operation Injector operation is controlle...

Страница 894: ...njector Be careful not to damage the O ring seals when inserting the fuel injector into the fuel distribution tube Removal Installation 2 4L WARNING Release fuel system pressure before servicing fuel...

Страница 895: ...e fuel injector to the fuel rail 8 Remove the fuel injector from the fuel rail 9 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Install new seals on the fuel injector sealing surfa...

Страница 896: ...hat returns excess fuel to the fuel tank The vacuum connection is there to help reduce emissions during deceleration During deceleration the vacuum connection serves to open the fuel return valve wide...

Страница 897: ...re assembly While installing the fuel pressure regulator ensure that the fuel pressure regulator rotates smoothly in the fuel distribution tube If it does not rotate smoothly the O ring seal may have...

Страница 898: ...Solenoid Test 05 6 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 05 7 Battery 05 7 Description 05 7 Operation 05 7 Removal Installation 05 7 Positive Battery Cable 05 8 Removal Installation 05 8 Negative Battery Cable 05 8 Rem...

Страница 899: ...lowing components Starter motor including an integral starter solenoid Battery Battery cables Ignition switch and key lock cylinder Wire harnesses and connections Starter relay and fuse Charge fuse 1...

Страница 900: ...o diagnose any of these systems it is important that you keep their interdependency in mind These components form two separate circuits a high amperage circuit that feeds the starter motor up to 150 a...

Страница 901: ...Electrical Schematics Starting System Page 1 of 2 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW050001T 05 4 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 902: ...Starting System Page 2 of 2 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW050003T 05 05 5 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 903: ...5 Adjust the carbon pile load of the tester to obtain the free running test voltage 6 Note the reading on the ammeter and compare this reading to the free running test maximum amperage draw 7 If the a...

Страница 904: ...cal load is applied to the ter minals of the battery an electrochemical reaction occurs This reaction causes the battery to discharge electrical current from its terminals As the battery discharges a...

Страница 905: ...tion is in the reverse order of removal Negative Battery Cable Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the bolts securing the negative cable to the body ground and the tr...

Страница 906: ...gear reduction system The planetary gear reduction system consists of a gear that is integral to the output end of the electric motor armature shaft that is in continual engagement with a larger gear...

Страница 907: ...anifold See Exhaust Manifold Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the starter 4 Remove the starter solenoid nuts from the starter Tighten Starter soleno...

Страница 908: ...cations 05 13 Special Tools 05 13 Electrical Schematics 05 14 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 05 16 Generator Noise 05 16 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 05 17 Generator 05 17 Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 05 17 Removal I...

Страница 909: ...or begins to rotate within the generator the spinning magnetic field induces a current into the windings of the stator coil The Y type stator winding connections deliver the induced AC current to 3 po...

Страница 910: ...ecifications DESCRIPTION TORQUE N m Generator Cable Nut 13 Generator Mounting Bolts 30 Generator Adjustment Bracket Bolts 25 Special Tools Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 05 05 13...

Страница 911: ...Electrical Schematics Charging System Page 1 of 2 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW050002T 05 14 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 912: ...Charging System Page 2 of 2 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW050004T 05 05 15 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 913: ...ator may be caused by the following Worn loose or defective bearings Loose or defective drive pulley Incorrect worn damaged or misadjusted drive belt Loose mounting bolts Misaligned drive pulley Defec...

Страница 914: ...Belt Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 4 Remove the generator cable nut 1 connecting the positive cable to the generator Tighten Generator cable nut to 13 N m 5 Remove two generator mounting b...

Страница 915: ...ustment bracket bolts 1 Tighten Generator adjustment bracket bolts to 25 N m 6 Remove the generator from the engine 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Generator Inspection 1 Start the e...

Страница 916: ...illing 06 13 Cooling System Draining Procedure 06 13 Cooling System Filling Procedure 06 13 Thermostat 06 14 Description 06 14 Operation 06 14 Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 06 14 Removal Install...

Страница 917: ...mp Alignment Pin 3 Water Pump Bolt 4 Gasket 5 Engine Inlet Hose From Radiator 6 Restrictor Outlet Hose 7 Restrictor Inlet Hose 8 Engine Oil Cooler Inlet Hose Part 1 9 Three Way Connector 10 Engine Oil...

Страница 918: ...mp to circulate coolant throughout the system The cooling system consists of the following components Radiator Coolant Coolant pump Electric cooling fans Electric cooling fans control module Thermosta...

Страница 919: ...lso provides hot coolant for heater performance and cooling for automatic transmission oil This is done by transferring heat from engine metal to cool ant moving the heated coolant to the radiator and...

Страница 920: ...p Mounting Bolts 14 Radiator Support Mounting Bolts 5 Coolant Fan Mounting Bolts 5 Thermostat Mounting Bolts 13 Fluid Specifications DESCRIPTION CAPACITY L Cooling System 7 0 Special Tools Cooling Sys...

Страница 921: ...Electrical Schematics Cooling System Page 1 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW060001T 06 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 922: ...Cooling System Page 2 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW060002T 06 06 7 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 923: ...Cooling System Page 3 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW060003T 06 8 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 924: ...Cooling System Page 4 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW060004T 06 06 9 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 925: ...Cooling System Page 5 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW060005T 06 10 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 926: ...nd repair as nec essary 5 If no leaks are found and the pressure drops the pressure relief cap may be leaking Install a new pressure relief cap and retest the system 6 If no leaks are found after a ne...

Страница 927: ...olant flow restriction Add coolant as needed Repair engine coolant leak Bleed air from cooling system Ensure pressure relief cap is installed correctly Remove restriction from the A C condenser radiat...

Страница 928: ...sed from the cooling system When you are certain all the pressure has been released using a cloth turn and remove the pressure relief cap Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious per...

Страница 929: ...ant temperature is approximately 90 C At this temperature engine coolant is allowed to flow to the radiator The thermostat provides quick engine warm up and overall temper ature control The thermostat...

Страница 930: ...cooling system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious pe...

Страница 931: ...relief cap when the engine is operating or the cooling system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to fol...

Страница 932: ...verse order of removal Installation Notes Install a new coolant pump gasket during installation Verify the cooling system is filled to proper specifications Coolant Pump Inspection Check coolant seal...

Страница 933: ...e 8 Remove the radiator support lever retaining bolts 1 9 Remove the radiator support mounting bolts 1 Tighten Radiator support mounting bolts to 5 N m 10 Remove the radiator from the engine compartme...

Страница 934: ...ating or the cooling system is hot The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Failure to follow these instructions may result i...

Страница 935: ...NDITION OPERATION INSPECTION DIAGRAM Battery positive to terminal 1 Battery negative to terminal 2 Turns smoothly Battery positive to terminal 1 Battery negative to terminal 2 Turns smoothly ON VEHICL...

Страница 936: ...OPERATION INSPECTION DIAGRAM Battery positive to terminal 4 Battery negative to terminal 5 Turns smoothly Battery positive to terminal 6 Battery negative to terminal 7 Turns smoothly ON VEHICLE SERVI...

Страница 937: ...AGNOSIS AND TESTING 07 4 Exhaust System Diagnostic Chart 07 4 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 07 5 Exhaust Pipe Assembly 07 5 Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 07 5 Removal Installation 2 4L 07 5 Muffler 07 6 Re...

Страница 938: ...ffler Rubber exhaust hanger insulators attach the exhaust system to the mounting hooks The exhaust system contains the following components Catalytic converter assembly Muffler assembly Exhaust bracke...

Страница 939: ...d to perform in all oper ating conditions This reduction is especially beneficial during the cold start and warm up phases of operation which is when a majority of the tailpipe emissions occur on toda...

Страница 940: ...mps to specified torque at leaking joints Replace muffler assembly Replace exhaust pipe Tighten connection attaching nuts Replace exhaust manifold Tighten exhaust manifold to cylinder head stud nuts o...

Страница 941: ...old flange bolts to 49 5 N m 3 Remove all the support isolators 4 Remove the exhaust pipe assembly Removal Installation 2 4L WARNING The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high...

Страница 942: ...e reverse order of removal Catalytic Converter Description The catalytic converter is attached to the exhaust manifold using fasteners and a gasket for sealing The catalytic converter plays a major ro...

Страница 943: ...r a short period of engine oper ating time 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Raise and support the vehicle 3 Remove the catalytic converter mounting nuts 1 and gaskets Tighten Catalytic conver...

Страница 944: ...53 Shift Solenoid Valve 1 SSV1 Open Circuit Or Short To Power Supply Or Short To Ground 08 56 P0758 Shift Solenoid Valve 2 SSV2 Open Circuit Or Short To Power Supply Or Short To Ground 08 62 P0763 Shi...

Страница 945: ...125 U0001 CAN Communication Error 08 130 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 08 136 DPO Automatic Transaxle Assembly 08 136 Removal Installation 08 136 Automatic Shifter Selector 08 140 Removal Installation 08 140 Tra...

Страница 946: ...e Transaxle Control Module TCM is the heart of the electronic control system and relies on information from various direct and indirect inputs sensors switches etc to determine driver demand and vehic...

Страница 947: ...DP0 Transaxle External View 1 Rear Cover 2 Transaxle Housing 3 Bearing Retainer 4 Torque Converter Housing 5 Fluid Filter 6 Valve Body Cover GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM080152 08 4 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 948: ...rential Driven Gear 9 Transfer Shaft 10 Brake F3 1st and 2nd Gear 11 Brake F2 Reverse Gear 12 Brake F1 4th Gear 13 Fluid Line 14 Clutch E2 2nd 3rd and 4th Gear 15 Clutch E1 Reverse and 1st Gear 16 Acc...

Страница 949: ...vided by way of a fluid pump connected to the torque converter The Transaxle Control Module TCM allows for the precise adaptation of pressures to the corresponding operating conditions and to the engi...

Страница 950: ...Mount Nuts 120 Transaxle Mount Bolts 40 Drive Plate Bolts automatic transaxle 75 Gear Ratio Specifications GEAR SELECTOR POSITION RATIO First 2 75 Second 1 5 Third 1 Overdrive 0 71 Reverse 2 45 Lubri...

Страница 951: ...Special Tools Spline Spanner CH 30001 Differential Seal Installer CH 30002 Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 8 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 952: ...Automatic Transaxle Fluid Pressure Gauge Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 9 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 953: ...Electrical Schematics Automatic Transaxle Page 1 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080033T 08 10 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 954: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 2 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080034T 08 08 11 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 955: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 3 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080035T 08 12 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 956: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 4 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080040T 08 08 13 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 957: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 5 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080036T 08 14 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 958: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 6 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080037T 08 08 15 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 959: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 7 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080038T 08 16 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 960: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 8 of 8 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080039T 08 08 17 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 961: ...Lock 39 CAN L 12 Fluid Cooler Flow Control 40 Winter Mode 13 Shift Solenoid Valve 5 41 14 Shift Solenoid Valve 6 42 MFS Switch 15 43 Brake Switch 16 Brake Switch 44 17 45 Turbine Shaft 18 46 Turbine S...

Страница 962: ...e Control Module ECM from the troubled vehicle and install in a new vehicle and test If the DTC cannot be deleted the ECM is malfunctioning If the DTC can be deleted return the ECM to the origi nal ve...

Страница 963: ...20 No Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal P0720 Vehicle Speed Sensor Affected by Interference P0720 Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal Consistency P0730 Cylinder Slip P0740 Lock up P0753 EVS1 Circuit Open P0753 EVS1...

Страница 964: ...EPDE Circuit Shorted To Ground U0001 CAN Communication Error U0100 Link to EMS U1100 Coolant Temperature Not Sent By EMS U111F Engine Speed Not Sent By EMS U1120 Actual Torque Not Sent By EMS U1121 Pe...

Страница 965: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests P0641 Sensor Feed DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080015T 08 22 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 966: ...A T Fluid Temperature Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080018T 08 08 23 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 967: ...DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 08 Transax...

Страница 968: ...A T FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR AND TFT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Disconnect the Transaxle Control Module TCM electrical connector E 036 1 Check the A T fluid pressure sensor ground circuit between the A T conn...

Страница 969: ...the next step No Replace the TFT sensor 5 CHECK A T FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR Turn ignition switch on With X 431 scan tool select view TCM data stream and compare to the following table ITEM CONDITION DI...

Страница 970: ...er to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is the check result normal Yes The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired No Replace the T...

Страница 971: ...P0657 Solenoid Power Supply Circuit Shorted To Voltage Electronic Valve Solenoid DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 28 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 972: ...e the most current software available Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating temperature With the scan tool s...

Страница 973: ...SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 3 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 4 P 0 R R N 0 D 1 2 3 4 Operating component Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section...

Страница 974: ...ge between the A T assembly electrical connector E 037 terminal B3 and ground Is battery voltage present Yes Repair the circuit for a short to voltage in the harness or connectors No Go to the next st...

Страница 975: ...P0657 Solenoid Power Supply Circuit Open Electronic Valve Solenoid DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 32 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 976: ...Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating temperature With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the...

Страница 977: ...HIFT SOLENOID VALVE 3 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 4 P 0 R R N 0 D 1 2 3 4 Operating component Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section...

Страница 978: ...step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 4 CHECK SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY Turn ignition switch on Check the solenoid power circuit for battery voltage between the A T connector E 0...

Страница 979: ...INAL TEMPERATURE CONTINUITY B3 B2 23 C Yes Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace solenoid valve 6 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read TCM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation P...

Страница 980: ...P0705 Multi Function Switch Prohibited Position DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080025T 08 08 37 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 981: ...ew and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating temperature With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current...

Страница 982: ...en D Open Open Open Close M Close Close Close Open Close Close Close Open Close Close Close Open SEQUENCE SHIFT SWITCH CONDITION SHIFT LEVER POSITION SEQUENCE SHIFT UP SEQUENCE SHIFT DOWN R Active Act...

Страница 983: ...31 42 32 42 33 42 34 42 P 0 B B 0 R 0 0 0 B N B 0 B 0 D B B 0 B 3 B 0 0 B 2 0 0 B B Do the circuits check OK and do the reverse lamps also illuminate Yes The transaxle range switch is normal Reassemb...

Страница 984: ...not normal repair the circuits between the TCM electrical connector and transaxle shift range switch No If the test results for the TCM electrical connector pin 34 and pin 42 are normal and the test r...

Страница 985: ...P0710 Fluid Temperature Sensor FTS DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080018T 08 42 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 986: ...than 12 V Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the...

Страница 987: ...sensor resistance between sensor terminals component side TFT SENSOR RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE C RESISTANCE 50 93917 30 28237 4 10 9826 0 6079 20 2528 5 25 2063 40 1159 2 50 810 4 70 419 1 80 309 2 100 1...

Страница 988: ...ch off Disconnect TCM connector Check continuity between TFT sensor connector E 037 and TCM connector E 036 Check TFT sensor ground circuit for a short to ground and short to power supply Is the check...

Страница 989: ...P0715 Turbine Speed Sensor Affected By Interference DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080017T 08 46 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 990: ...he DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 08 Trans...

Страница 991: ...en circuit or short to power or short to ground in harness or connectors If circuit is normal replace the TCM 3 CHECK TURBINE SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE Check the resistance of the turbine speed sensor b...

Страница 992: ...Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0715 present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 993: ...P0730 Ratio Of Transaxle Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080016T 08 50 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 994: ...sensor Output shaft speed sensor The retainer of deceleration clutch Transfer case driven and drive gear 2 3 4 gear clutch E2 Reverse and 1 3 gear clutch E1 4 gear brake F1 Reverse gear brake F2 1 2...

Страница 995: ...t 5 seconds then shift to gear N Clean and check the outside of dipstick and remove the dipstick to check the fluid level With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream for A T Start the engine Mo...

Страница 996: ...le measure the fluid pressure of measurement port The measurement of port should be within the standard range If some measurement values is beyond the standard range please refer to the fluid pressure...

Страница 997: ...ts as needed 5 CHECK CLUTCH SYSTEM Check low speed clutch system 2 3 4 gear clutch E2 Reverse and 1 3 gear clutch E1 Check clutch plate Check clutch disc Snap ring Clutch reaction disc D Ring Spring r...

Страница 998: ...the dipstick before refit Shift the gear selector lever to each gear position and then shift to gear N Drive the vehicle until the ATF reached working temperature 70 80 C and re check the fluid level...

Страница 999: ...P0753 Shift Solenoid Valve 1 SSV1 Open Circuit Or Short To Power Supply Or Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 56 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1000: ...following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ign...

Страница 1001: ...active 1 Not active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Act...

Страница 1002: ...Valve 10 Valve Body Check SSV1 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE...

Страница 1003: ...lenoid control signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS1 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 an...

Страница 1004: ...r connectors A T ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR E 037 TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR E 036 TERMINAL CONTINUITY B11 10 Yes Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short...

Страница 1005: ...P0758 Shift Solenoid Valve 2 SSV2 Open Circuit Or Short To Power Supply Or Short To Ground EVS DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 62 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1006: ...e following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ig...

Страница 1007: ...SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 2 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 3 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 4 P 0 R R N 0 D 1 2 3 4 Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Sec...

Страница 1008: ...e body Check SSV2 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE 5 SSV5 B5 B3...

Страница 1009: ...olenoid control signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS2 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 a...

Страница 1010: ...nectors A T ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR E 037 TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR E 036 TERMINAL CONTINUITY B8 9 Yes Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to grou...

Страница 1011: ...P0763 Shift Solenoid Valve 3 SSV3 Short To Power Supply P0763 Shift Solenoid Valve 3 SSV3 Open Or Short To Ground Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 68 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1012: ...e following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ig...

Страница 1013: ...active 1 Not active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Act...

Страница 1014: ...e body Check SSV3 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE 5 SSV5 B5 B3...

Страница 1015: ...signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS3 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 and pin B10 SEQU...

Страница 1016: ...nectors A T ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR E 037 TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR E 036 TERMINAL CONTINUITY B10 7 Yes Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to pow...

Страница 1017: ...P0768 Shift Solenoid Valve 4 SSV4 Short To Power Supply P0768 Shift Solenoid Valve 4 SSV4 Open Or Short To Ground Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 74 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1018: ...the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn...

Страница 1019: ...active 1 Not active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Act...

Страница 1020: ...e body Check SSV4 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE 5 SSV5 B5 B3...

Страница 1021: ...signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS4 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 and pin B7 SEQUEN...

Страница 1022: ...the next step No Repair or replace the circuit short to power supply in harness or connectors 6 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 4 SSV4 CONTROL CIRCUIT Check for harness continuity between the following te...

Страница 1023: ...s Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0768 present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaire...

Страница 1024: ...P0773 Shift Solenoid Valve 5 SSV5 Short To Power Supply P0773 Shift Solenoid Valve 5 SSV5 Open Or Short To Ground Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 08 81 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1025: ...ff Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on With the scan tool record and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start engine an...

Страница 1026: ...ctive 1 Not active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Acti...

Страница 1027: ...lve body Check SSV5 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE 5 SSV5 B5...

Страница 1028: ...signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS5 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 and pin B5 SEQUE...

Страница 1029: ...LY CONNECTOR E 037 TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR E 036 TERMINAL CONTINUITY B5 13 Yes Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to power supply or short...

Страница 1030: ...P0775 EVM Modulation Solenoid Valve Open Circuit Or Short To Ground P0775 EVM Modulation Solenoid Valve Shorted To Voltage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080020T 08 08 87 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1031: ...ntrol Module TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Li...

Страница 1032: ...t active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Active Active...

Страница 1033: ...the solenoid actuate test If the solenoid can be heard Go to step 7 If the solenoid can t be heard Go to the next step No Replace the damaged solenoid valve 4 CHECK EVM SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY Tu...

Страница 1034: ...EVM connector With the engine running move the shifter to N position check the voltage of the EVM valve between the TCM pin 26 and pin 19 Is the voltage approximately 2 5 V with the engine running an...

Страница 1035: ...or repair the transaxle internal main ATF dis tributing passage pressure control device 8 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read TCM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC P0775 present Yes...

Страница 1036: ...5 Torque Converter Lock Solenoid Valve EVLU Open Circuit Or Short To Ground P0795 Torque Converter Lock Solenoid Valve EVLU Short To Voltage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080021T 08 08 93 Chery Automobile Co...

Страница 1037: ...trol Module TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Connect the X 431 scan tool to the diagnostic connector press the PO...

Страница 1038: ...t active Not active Active Active Not active Not active 2 Not active Active Not active Active Not active Not active 3 Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active Not active 4 Active Active...

Страница 1039: ...1 perform the solenoid actuate test If the solenoid can be heard go to step 7 If the solenoid can t be heard go to the next step No Replace the damaged solenoid valve 4 CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER LOCK SOL...

Страница 1040: ...the ignition switch on Check if voltage is present between E 037 terminal B9 and ground Check the harness for short to power supply cir cuits Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Rep...

Страница 1041: ...r 30 degrees you must release the throttle and retry Does the TCC engage during any of the attempts Yes The system is normal Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is r...

Страница 1042: ...P0840 Pressure Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080015T 08 08 99 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1043: ...o the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating...

Страница 1044: ...s the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case No Go to the next step 2 CHECK FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR ELECTRIC...

Страница 1045: ...ector Check for harness continuity between the following terminals A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CONTINUITY C3 25 Yes Check the harness for short to power and short to ground Is the che...

Страница 1046: ...s or connectors 7 CHECK THE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR Check fluid pressure sensor resistance between sensor terminal C2 and C3 in A T assembly connector E 037 Approximately 20 K should exist Is the check...

Страница 1047: ...P1928 Shift Lock Solenoid Valve Circuit Shorted To Voltage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080013T 08 104 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1048: ...scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnos...

Страница 1049: ...o to step 7 No Go to the next step 3 CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID VALVE RESISTANCE Turn the ignition switch off Disconnect shift lock solenoid valve connector C 027 Check shift lock solenoid valve resist...

Страница 1050: ...IT Turn the ignition switch on Check the shift lock solenoid control signal voltage of the shift lock solenoid when pressing the brake pedal Check power supply between shift lock solenoid valve termin...

Страница 1051: ...harness for short to power supply Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for short to power supply in harness or connectors 7 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan...

Страница 1052: ...P1928 Shift Lock Solenoid Valve Open Circuit Or Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080013T 08 08 109 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1053: ...With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent S...

Страница 1054: ...mal Yes Go to step 7 No Go to the next step 3 CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID VALVE RESISTANCE Turn the ignition switch off Disconnect shift lock solenoid valve connector C 027 Check shift lock solenoid val...

Страница 1055: ...ROL CIRCUIT Turn the ignition switch on Check the shift lock solenoid control signal voltage of the shift lock solenoid when pressing the brake pedal Check power supply between shift lock solenoid val...

Страница 1056: ...harness for an open circuit or short to ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for an open or short to ground in harness or connectors 7 CHECK DTC...

Страница 1057: ...P2709 Shift Solenoid Valve 6 SSV6 Short To Power Supply DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 114 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1058: ...the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshootin...

Страница 1059: ...ISTANCE NUMBER SOLENOID 1 Shift Solenoid Valve 1 2 Shift Solenoid Valve 2 3 Shift Solenoid Valve 3 4 Shift Solenoid Valve 4 5 Shift Solenoid Valve 5 6 Shift Solenoid Valve 6 7 Pressure adjust solenoid...

Страница 1060: ...M pin 1 and TCM pin 14 when activating the EVS6 sole noid and deactivating the EVS6 solenoid Check the shift solenoid control signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Chec...

Страница 1061: ...Terminal B2 Ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace short to power supply in harness or connectors 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read TCM DTCs Refer to DT...

Страница 1062: ...P2709 Shift Solenoid Valve 6 SSV6 Open Circuit Or Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080022T 08 08 119 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1063: ...o start X 431 Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start the engine and warm it to normal operating temperature Drive the vehicle in 1st 2nd 3rd and 4th gea...

Страница 1064: ...D VALVE 1 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 2 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 3 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE 4 P 0 R R N 0 D 1 2 3 4 Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic He...

Страница 1065: ...V6 resistance as shown in the following table SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL VALVE 1 SSV1 B11 B3 VALVE 2 SSV2 B8 B3 VALVE 3 SSV3 B10 B3 VALVE 4 SSV4 B7 B3 VALVE 5 SSV5 B5 B3 VALVE 6 SSV6 B...

Страница 1066: ...l signal Check the voltage of the shift solenoid in each shift position Check the voltage of the EVS6 solenoid supply circuit between the transaxle assembly electrical connector pin B3 and pin B2 SEQU...

Страница 1067: ...L CONTINUITY B2 14 Yes Check the harness for short to ground Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors 6 CHECK DT...

Страница 1068: ...P2753 EPDE Circuit Or Short To Power Supply P2753 EPDE Open Circuit Or Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080014T 08 08 125 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1069: ...en or shorted Transaxle Control Module TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 43...

Страница 1070: ...lt normal and DTC not present Yes The condition that caused this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case No Go to the next step 2 ACTUATE TEST With X 431 perform...

Страница 1071: ...e With X 431 perform the solenoid actuate test If the solenoid can be heard go to step 6 If the solenoid can t be heard go to the next step No Replace the damaged solenoid valve 4 CHECK FLUID COOLER F...

Страница 1072: ...to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for an open or short to power or short to ground in harness or connec tors 6 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read TCM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmati...

Страница 1073: ...U0001 CAN Communication Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080019T 08 130 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1074: ...Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case for more...

Страница 1075: ...Cs Were other modules DTCs found Yes If all of the other modules have the same DTC CAN Communication go to the next step If all of the other modules have the DTC Lost communication with TCM and do not...

Страница 1076: ...NTINUITY CAN TCM TERMINAL ECM TERMINAL CONTINUITY CAN H 38 62 Yes CHECK CAN L CONTINUITY CAN TCM TERMINAL ECM TERMINAL CONTINUITY CAN L 39 81 Yes Check the harness for short to ground and short to pow...

Страница 1077: ...ween the following terminals CHECK CAN BUS LINE VOLTAGE DLC TERMINAL GROUND 6 CAN H Ground 14 CAN L Is the check result normal and DTC U0001 not present Yes Replace CAN converter The problem caused by...

Страница 1078: ...oken wires With the X 431 scan tool read TCM DTCs Is the check result normal and DTC U0001 not present Yes The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the custo...

Страница 1079: ...the air cleaner housing assembly 7 Remove the transaxle ground cable 8 Disconnect and remove the electrical connectors for the following components Vehicle speed sensor 2 Crankshaft position sensor A...

Страница 1080: ...tion in Section 09 Driveline Axle 20 Remove transaxle mount nuts 2 and the transaxle mount bracket bolts 1 Tighten Transaxle mount nut to 120 N m 21 Remove the engine undercover and splash shields 22...

Страница 1081: ...ount bolts to 40 N m 28 Remove the transaxle mount bolts Tighten Transaxle mount bolts to 40 N m 29 Separate the transaxle from the engine and remove the transaxle from the vehicle WARNING Use a suita...

Страница 1082: ...d limiting duct 1 if neces sary Catch any fluid that drains out with a measuring cup If no fluid drains out or the drained fluid is less than 0 1 liter perform the following 1 Turn off the ignition sw...

Страница 1083: ...aner transaxle assembly 5 Depress the clip then remove the shift cable 1 from the transaxle gearshift switch and remove the shift cable clamp 2 6 Remove the gearshift knob 1 7 Remove the gearshift cov...

Страница 1084: ...sm 12 Remove the four bolts 2 and then remove the gearshift mechanism from the bracket 13 Installation is in the reverse order of removal NOTE If the battery has low voltage press the release switch 1...

Страница 1085: ...ove the glove box retaining bolts 1 3 Disconnect the TCM electrical connectors 4 Remove the four bolts 1 that mount the TCM to the instrument panel bracket 5 Remove the TCM 6 Installation is in the re...

Страница 1086: ...Pedal Position Switch Circuit Malfunction 08 174 31 Reverse Low Solenoid Malfunction 08 177 32 Low Speed Solenoid Malfunction 08 182 33 2nd Gear Solenoid Open Circuit 08 188 34 Overdrive Solenoid Circ...

Страница 1087: ...trol system and relies on information from various direct and indirect inputs sensors switches etc to determine driver demand and vehicle operating condi tions With this information the ECM TCM can ca...

Страница 1088: ...by way of a fluid pump connected to the torque converter The Transaxle Control Module TCM allows for the precise adaptation of pressures to the corresponding operating conditions and to the engine out...

Страница 1089: ...Transaxle Hydraulic Schematics GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM080165T 08 146 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1090: ...N Neutral Gear Enabled X D Gear 1 2 842 X X X Gear 2 1 529 X X Gear 3 1 000 X X Gear 4 0 712 X X 3 Gear 1 2 842 X X X Gear 2 1 529 X X Gear 3 1 000 X X 2 Gear 1 2 842 X X X Gear 2 1 529 X X L Gear 1...

Страница 1091: ...Special Tools Torque Wrench Socket MB 990607 Special Socket 41 MB 991625 Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Fluid Pressure Gauge Connector MB 998332 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 148 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1092: ...Fluid Pressure Gauge Connector MB 998900 Spring Compressor MB 991625 Clearance Measurer MB 991631 Fluid Pump Dismounter MB 998333 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 149 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1093: ...Bearing Fixer MB 998350 Guide Rod MB 998412 Spring Compressor MB 998907 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 150 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1094: ...Automatic Transaxle Fluid Pressure Gauge Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 151 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1095: ...Electrical Schematics Automatic Transaxle Page 1 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080030T 08 152 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1096: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 2 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080026T 08 08 153 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1097: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 3 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080027T 08 154 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1098: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 4 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080028T 08 08 155 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1099: ...Automatic Transaxle Page 5 of 5 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW080029T 08 156 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1100: ...ift Proof Switch P 16 Gear Electromagnetic Valve 48 Manual Gearshift Proof Switch N 17 To Instrument Cluster 49 Shifter Selector Motion Vehicle Mode AUTO 18 To Instrument Cluster 50 Shifter Selector G...

Страница 1101: ...the TCM from the troubled vehicle and install in a new vehicle and test If the DTC cannot be deleted the TCM is malfunctioning If the DTC can be deleted return the TCM to the original vehicle Diagnost...

Страница 1102: ...Low Solenoid Malfunction 32 UD Solenoid Open 33 2 Gear Solenoid Open Circuit 34 Overdrive Solenoid Circuit Malfunction 36 Damper Clutch System Control Solenoid Malfunction 41 First Gear Ration Out Of...

Страница 1103: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests 15 TFT Sensor Open Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 160 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1104: ...normal operating temperature Drive the vehicle up to 10 km h or more With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure...

Страница 1105: ...open circuit or short to power or short to ground 3 CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check TCM power supply and ground circuit Reinstall any removed parts Is the check result normal Yes Go to...

Страница 1106: ...22 Input Speed Sensor DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080006T 08 08 163 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1107: ...ollowing procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignit...

Страница 1108: ...is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case No Go to the next step 2 CHECK INPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch off Disconnect...

Страница 1109: ...ensor electrical connector E 088 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace open circuit or short to power or short to ground 5 CHECK INPUT SHAFT SPEED SE...

Страница 1110: ...loscope If the input speed sensor signals were normal the system is OK If the input speed sensor signals were still irregular or missing go to step 8 No Replace input speed sensor 8 CHECK THE RETAINER...

Страница 1111: ...23 Output Speed Sensor Fault DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080007T 08 168 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1112: ...V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in...

Страница 1113: ...this DTC is intermittent See Diagnostic Help in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case No Go to the next step 2 CHECK OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch off Disc...

Страница 1114: ...sor electrical connector E 088 5 V should exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to power or short to ground 5 CHECK OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED...

Страница 1115: ...eck result normal Yes Replace the output speed sensor with a known good one Monitor the output speed sensor signal on the X 431 or oscilloscope If the output speed sensor signals were normal the syste...

Страница 1116: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 23 still present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 1117: ...26 Brake Pedal Position Switch Circuit Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080008T 08 174 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1118: ...vehicle With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermi...

Страница 1119: ...ALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following Harness connectors A 102 E 105 Harness for a short between TCM and brake switch Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace short to...

Страница 1120: ...31 Reverse Low Solenoid Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 08 177 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1121: ...o normal operating temperature then select D position Drive the vehicle in 1st 2nd 3rd and 4th gears With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is curr...

Страница 1122: ...tep 7 No Go to the next step 3 CHECK REVERSE LOW GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE Turn the ignition switch off Disconnect A T assembly connector NUMBER SOLENOID WIRE COLOR 1 Low Speed Electro Magnetic Valv...

Страница 1123: ...with a known good one With the X 431 perform the solenoid actuate test If the solenoid can be heard the system is normal If the solenoid can t be heard go to the next step No Replace the damaged L R E...

Страница 1124: ...ector Check for harness continuity between the following terminals A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL TCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL CONTINUITY 7 15 Yes Check the harness for short to power and short to ground Is the chec...

Страница 1125: ...32 Low Speed Solenoid Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 182 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1126: ...431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available After connection press POWER key to start X 431 Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored D...

Страница 1127: ...ear 2 On Off Off On On Gear 3 On Off Off Off On Gear 4 On Off On Off On Reverse gear Off On On On Off Neutral gear Parking Off On On On Off Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused thi...

Страница 1128: ...D solenoid resistance as shown in the following table A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL LOW REVERSE GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE L R OVERDRIVE ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE OD 2ND GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE 2ND LOW SPEE...

Страница 1129: ...ly connector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 6 CHECK UD SOLENOID CONTROL...

Страница 1130: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 32 still present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 1131: ...33 2nd Gear Solenoid Open Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 188 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1132: ...ta Link Connector DLC use the most current software available After connection press POWER key to start X 431 Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start eng...

Страница 1133: ...2 On Off Off On On Gear 3 On Off Off Off On Gear 4 On Off On Off On Reverse gear Off On On On Off Neutral gear Parking Off On On On Off Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this D...

Страница 1134: ...nd solenoid resistance as shown in the following table A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL LOW REVERSE GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE L R OVERDRIVE ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE OD 2ND GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE 2ND LOW SPE...

Страница 1135: ...ssembly connector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 6 CHECK 2ND GEAR SOLEN...

Страница 1136: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 33 still present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 1137: ...34 Overdrive Solenoid Circuit Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 194 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1138: ...e Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available After connection press POWER key to start X 431 Turn ignition switch on with the scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start...

Страница 1139: ...2 On Off Off On On Gear 3 On Off Off Off On Gear 4 On Off On Off On Reverse gear Off On On On Off Neutral gear Parking Off On On On Off Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this D...

Страница 1140: ...Check OD solenoid resistance as shown in the following table A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL LOW REVERSE GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE L R OVERDRIVE ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE OD 2ND GEAR ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE 2ND L...

Страница 1141: ...onnector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for an open or short to ground or short to power in harness or connec tors 6 CHECK OD SOLENOID CON...

Страница 1142: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 34 still present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 1143: ...36 Damper Clutch System Control Solenoid Malfunction DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 200 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1144: ...ure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available After co...

Страница 1145: ...2 On Off Off On On Gear 3 On Off Off Off On Gear 4 On Off On Off On Reverse gear Off On On On Off Neutral gear Parking Off On On On Off Is the check result normal Yes The condition that caused this D...

Страница 1146: ...e Yellow 5 Low reverse Gear Electro Magnetic Valve L R Black Red Check DCC solenoid resistance as shown in the following table A T ASSEMBLY TERMINAL DCC ELECTRO MAGNETIC VALVE 5 9 RESISTANCE 23 C 7 3...

Страница 1147: ...mbly connector and fuse Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 6 CHECK DCC SOLENOID CONT...

Страница 1148: ...fer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC 36 still present Yes Replace the TCM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and road test to verify the customers complaint is repaired...

Страница 1149: ...41 First Gear Ratio Out Of Limits DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 206 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1150: ...DEFINITION DTC DETECTION CONDITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES 41 First gear ratio out of limits Vehicle is driving The Transaxle Control Module TCM will set this DTC when the TCM detected that...

Страница 1151: ...trans axle NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHECK FLUID QUALITY AND F...

Страница 1152: ...pressure DR Damper Clutch Disengagement fluid pressure RV Reverse Gear Clutch fluid pressure OD Overdrive Clutch fluid pressure MEASURE STATUS STANDARD FLUID PRESSURE KPA PSI GEAR LEVER POSITION GEAR...

Страница 1153: ...ormal Yes Go to step 5 for disc or plate abrasion No Go to the next step 3 CHECK VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AND FLUID PUMP AND PIPELINE Turn the ignition switch off Disassemble and repair F4A4 automatic tran...

Страница 1154: ...semble all disassembled components Install the transaxle assembly See Automatic Transaxle Removal Installation in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case Fill the transaxle with new ATF Fill the ATF from t...

Страница 1155: ...42 Second Gear Ratio Out Of Limits DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 212 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1156: ...DEFINITION DTC DETECTION CONDITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES 42 Second gear ratio out of limits Vehicle is driving The Transaxle Control Module TCM will set this DTC when the TCM detected tha...

Страница 1157: ...trans axle NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHECK FLUID QUALITY AND F...

Страница 1158: ...ort TEST PORT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fluid pressure test port name 2nd Gear 2 Brake fluid pressure UD Low Speed Clutch fluid pressure L R Low Reverse Gear Brake fluid pressure DA Damper Clutch Engagement fluid...

Страница 1159: ...r to the fluid pressure measurement and diagnosis table for causes Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 for disc or plate abrasion No Go to the next step 3 CHECK VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AND FLUID P...

Страница 1160: ...e all disassembled components Install the transaxle assembly See Automatic Transaxle Removal Installation in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case Fill the transaxle with new ATF Fill the ATF from the fi...

Страница 1161: ...43 Third Gear Ratio Out Of Limits DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 218 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1162: ...DEFINITION DTC DETECTION CONDITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES 43 Third gear ratio out of limits Vehicle is driving The Transaxle Control Module TCM will set this DTC when the TCM detected that...

Страница 1163: ...transaxle NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHECK FLUID QUALITY AND FLU...

Страница 1164: ...ort TEST PORT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fluid pressure test port name 2nd Gear 2 Brake fluid pressure UD Low Speed Clutch fluid pressure L R Low Reverse Gear Brake fluid pressure DA Damper Clutch Engagement fluid...

Страница 1165: ...r to the fluid pressure measurement and diagnosis table for causes Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 for disc or plate abrasion No Go to the next step 3 CHECK VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AND FLUID P...

Страница 1166: ...heck result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the damaged components 7 CHECK DTC Assemble all disassembled components Install the transaxle assembly See Automatic Transaxle Removal Installatio...

Страница 1167: ...44 Fourth Gear Ratio Out Of Limits DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 224 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1168: ...ogic DTC NO DTC DEFINITION DTC DETECTION CONDITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES 44 Fourth gear ratio out of limits Vehicle is driving The Transaxle Control Module TCM will set this DTC when the T...

Страница 1169: ...necessary to overhaul the trans axle NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1...

Страница 1170: ...ort TEST PORT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fluid pressure test port name 2nd Gear 2 Brake fluid pressure UD Low Speed Clutch fluid pressure L R Low Reverse Gear Brake fluid pressure DA Damper Clutch Engagement fluid...

Страница 1171: ...luid pressure measurement and diagnosis table for causes Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 for disc or plate abrasion No Go to the next step 3 CHECK VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AND FLUID PUMP AND PI...

Страница 1172: ...disassembled components Install the transaxle assembly See Automatic Transaxle Removal Installation in Section 08 Transaxle Transfer Case Fill the transaxle with new ATF Fill the ATF from the fill tub...

Страница 1173: ...46 Reverse Gear Ratio Out Of Limits DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080005T 08 230 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1174: ...c DTC NO DTC DEFINITION DTC DETECTION CONDITION DTC SET CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES 46 Reverse gear ratio out of limits Vehicle is driving The Transaxle Control Module TCM will set this DTC when the TCM...

Страница 1175: ...cessary to overhaul the transaxle NOTE While performing electrical diagnosis testing always refer to the electrical schematics for specific circuit and component information Diagnostic Procedure 1 CHE...

Страница 1176: ...ort TEST PORT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Fluid pressure test port name 2nd Gear 2 Brake fluid pressure UD Low Speed Clutch fluid pressure L R Low Reverse Gear Brake fluid pressure DA Damper Clutch Engagement fluid...

Страница 1177: ...he fluid pressure measurement and diagnosis table for causes Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 5 for disc or plate abrasion No Go to the next step 3 CHECK VALVE BODY ASSEMBLY AND FLUID PUMP AN...

Страница 1178: ...check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the damaged components 7 CHECK DTC Assemble all disassembled components Install the transaxle assembly See Automatic Transaxle Removal Installat...

Страница 1179: ...54 Electrical Relay Open Circuit DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW080003T 08 236 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1180: ...scan tool view and erase stored DTCs in the TCM Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature With the scan tool select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is...

Страница 1181: ...es Go to the next step No Go to step 8 4 CHECK A T RELAY CONTROL VOLTAGE CIRCUIT Disconnect TCM harness connector Disconnect front fuse and relay box harness connector H Check harness continuity betwe...

Страница 1182: ...s or connectors 6 CHECK FUSE Disconnect Fuse 10 30A fuse from the front fuse and relay box Check fuse 10 30A Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace fuse 10 30A 7 CHECK FRONT FUS...

Страница 1183: ...dure in Section 06 Cooling System 6 Remove the base mounting bolts 1 of the air cleaner housing assembly 7 Disconnect and remove the electrical connectors for the following components Output shaft sen...

Страница 1184: ...e the engine to transaxle upper bolts and remove the bracket Tighten Engine to transaxle upper bolts to 80 N m 14 Remove transaxle mount nuts 2 and the transaxle mount bracket bolts 1 Tighten Transaxl...

Страница 1185: ...n Front mount bolts to 60 N m 22 Remove the rear engine mount bolts 2 and the rear engine mount bracket bolts 1 Tighten Rear mount bolts to 40 N m 23 Remove the sub frame assembly See Sub Frame Assemb...

Страница 1186: ...marking of the dipstick If lower than the HOT marking refill the transaxle until the fluid level is above the HOT marking After installation check for any fluid leakage and verify the transaxle fluid...

Страница 1187: ...e handle to clear lower console during removal 9 Remove the lower console See Lower Console Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 10 Remove the shift cable from the gearshift mechanism 1...

Страница 1188: ...Installation is in the reverse order of removal NOTE If the battery has low voltage press the release switch 1 to move the gearshift lever ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM080187 08 08 245 Chery Automobile Co L...

Страница 1189: ...cations 08 270 Disassembly 08 270 Inspection 08 274 Assembly 08 275 Input Shaft 08 278 Specifications 08 278 Disassemble 08 279 Assemble 08 281 Inspection 08 285 Output Shaft 08 287 Disassemble 08 287...

Страница 1190: ...synchronized in all gear ranges includ ing reverse The transaxle consists of three major sub assemblies Input shaft Output shaft Differential transaxle assembly The transaxle shift system consists of...

Страница 1191: ...Housing Assembly 2 Bearing Cap Assembly 3 Stud Bolt 4 Gear Shifting Mechanism Assembly 5 Release Fork Dust Boot 6 Release Fork 7 Clutch Housing Assembly 8 Hydraulic Clutch Line Bracket GENERAL INFORMA...

Страница 1192: ...6 Clutch Housing 7 Release Bearing Saddle 8 Input Shaft 9 Output Shaft 10 Differential Assembly 11 Driven Gear of 1st Gear 12 1st 2nd Gear Synchronizer 13 Driven Gear 2nd Gear 14 Driven Gear 5th Gear...

Страница 1193: ...ear on the input shaft The synchronizer sleeve engages the third gear clutch teeth engaging the gear to the input shaft and allowing power to transmit through the output shaft to the differential 4th...

Страница 1194: ...ring 0 01 0 21 Axial Clearance Of Input Shaft Rear Bearing 0 01 0 12 Axial Clearance Of Input Shaft Fifth Gear 0 01 0 09 Axial Clearance Of Output Shaft Front Bearing 0 01 0 12 Axial Clearance Of Outp...

Страница 1195: ...tion Bolts 16 1 19 9 Idling Gear Assembly Installation Bolts 43 1 52 9 Main Gearbox Driven Gear Installation Bolts 118 5 145 5 Speedometer Gear Installation Bolts 3 5 4 3 Technical Data TYPE MECHANICA...

Страница 1196: ...pecial Tools Installer Connector MB 990926 Installer Connector MB 990934 Installer Connector MB 990935 Fluid Seal Differential Installer MB 998325 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 253 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1197: ...Bearing Outer Race Remover MB 998346 Handle MB 990938 Valve Spring Compressor MB 998772 Bearing Remover MB 998801 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 254 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1198: ...Installer Cap MB 998812 Installer 100 MB 998813 Installer Connector 200 MB 998814 Installer Connector 30 MB 998816 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 255 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1199: ...Installer Connector 34 MB 998817 Installer Connector 38 MB 998818 Installer Connector 40 MB 998819 Installer Connector 46 MB 998822 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 256 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1200: ...Installer Connector 48 MB 998823 Installer Connector 50 MB 998824 Installer Connector 52 MB 998825 Bearing Remover MB 998917 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 257 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1201: ...Hook MB 999566 Flywheel Fixture CH 20043 Bearing Installer CH 30028 Bearing Extractor 09917 58010 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 258 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1202: ...t is usually the result of leaks or inaccurate fluid level check or refill method Vehi cle must be level to accurately check fluid level Leakage is evident by the presence of fluid around the leak poi...

Страница 1203: ...the negative battery cable 3 Remove the battery and battery tray See Battery Removal Installation in Section 05 Starting Charging 4 Remove air cleaner and air duct 5 Drain the cooling system See Cool...

Страница 1204: ...en Outlet pipe bolt to 17 1 N m 11 Remove the starter motor See Starter Removal Installation in Section 05 Starting Charging 12 Support the engine using an engine support fixture or suitable jack 13 R...

Страница 1205: ...drain plug 1 and drain the transaxle fluid 17 Remove both front axle shafts See Front Axle Shaft Removal Installation in Section 09 Driveline Axle 18 Remove the engine undercover and splash shields 19...

Страница 1206: ...23 Separate the transaxle from the engine and remove it from the vehicle WARNING Support the transaxle with a suitable jack while removing the transaxle 24 Installation is in the reverse order of rem...

Страница 1207: ...Gear Selector Shifter Assembly Removal Installation ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM080087 08 264 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1208: ...ting Arm Nu 12 Gear Shifting Arm Assembly 13 Gear Shifting Drive Slider 14 Dust Cap Gear Shifting Shaft Fluid Seal 15 Lower Dust Cap Gear Selecting Arm 16 Lower Bushing Gear Selecting Arm 17 Gear Sele...

Страница 1209: ...nsole See Lower Console Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 10 Remove the clip on the gearshift mechanism and then remove the crossover cable and the selector cable 1 from the gearshif...

Страница 1210: ...djust bolts as needed to obtain proper cable adjustment Disassembly 1 Drive out the locking selector finger 1 pin follow ing the direction as shown in the diagram 2 Drive out the locking pin 2 reverse...

Страница 1211: ...ar lock assembly selector finger and interlock plate assembly front neutral return spring assembly onto the gearshift shaft as shown in the figure Check the turn down rims of rear neutral return sprin...

Страница 1212: ...Check front end circular cylinder of the bolt to ensure it is in the corresponding groove of selector finger 12 Check the gearshift shaft to ensure it is able to rotate and perform axial movement free...

Страница 1213: ...e To Clutch Housing Bolt 44 Bearing Input Shaft Bolt 18 Disassembly 1 Place the transaxle on a workbench 2 Remove the clutch fork 2 and remove the release bearing 1 NOTE The release bearing 1 is not s...

Страница 1214: ...1 Tighten Reverse gear bolt to 20 N m 6 Remove the 6 reverse gear cap bolts 1 and remove the cap Tighten Reverse gear cap bolts to 20 N m 7 Gently pry the idler gear downward using a screw driver and...

Страница 1215: ...lip 1 from the shafts and then remove bearing collar 2 10 Remove the transaxle to clutch housing bolts 1 and then use a pry bar to remove the transaxle housing Tighten Transaxle to clutch housing bolt...

Страница 1216: ...ft assembly output shaft assembly 1st 2nd shift fork 3rd 4th shift fork and 5th reverse fork shaft together and remove 15 Remove the differential assembly 1 upward as shown in the figure NOTE Pre tigh...

Страница 1217: ...in solder sheet Select the thickness of the shim to be installed according to the following equation Thickness of washer T 0 005 mm T 0 11 mm 5 Do not clean the release bearing 6 Clean the sealing sur...

Страница 1218: ...he gear shift mechanism housing assembly shown in the figure 11 Alternate tightening each bolt to the specified torque Assembly 1 Install the input shaft together with the output shaft 2 Install the 5...

Страница 1219: ...l gear shifting forks into the gear hub and at the same time move the fork stalks 1 2 in the direction shown in the figure 6 Install the locking pin 7 Using special tools MB 990938 1 and MB 990935 2 i...

Страница 1220: ...le housing bolts to the specified torque 11 Install the bottom transaxle cover 12 Apply a 1 mm to 1 2 mm diameter of sealant on the specified position of the transaxle housing CAUTION The sealant line...

Страница 1221: ...id Mobilux Ep2 STATUS OF SWITCH CIRCUIT Pressed Off Released On 16 Inspect the backup lamp switch Inspect the switch for broken terminal or an open circuit Input Shaft Specifications Clearance Specifi...

Страница 1222: ...th Gear Synchronizer 10 Hub Sleeve 3rd 4th Gear 11 Gear Bushing 4th Gear 12 Needle Bearing 2nd 4th Gear 13 4th Driving Gear Assembly 14 5th Driving Gear 15 Thrust Ring 5th Driving Gear 16 Clip 5th Dri...

Страница 1223: ...Connector 52 mm MB 998824 Installer Connector 50 mm 1 Using special tool MB 998801 1 disassemble the input shaft rear bearing 2 Using special tool MB 998801 1 disassemble the 5th driving gear 3 Disas...

Страница 1224: ...is obtained 2 Using special tools MB 998801 4 MB 998812 1 MB 998813 2 and MB 998816 3 install the input shaft front bearing 3 Install the input shaft front shaft snap ring Select a snap ring to mainta...

Страница 1225: ...ear in the direction shown in the figure CAUTION Ensure that the synchronizer ring is not locked when installing the gear hub 6 Using special tools MB 998801 4 MB 998812 1 MB 998813 2 and MB 998825 3...

Страница 1226: ...leeve 4th gear 10 Using special tools MD 998801 4 MD 998812 1 MD 998813 2 and MD 998824 3 install the 5th driving gear 11 Installation of transaxle housing assembly Select the thickness of the thrust...

Страница 1227: ...ools MD 998801 3 MD 998812 1 and MD 998818 2 install the input shaft rear bearing 14 Install the snap ring Select the thickness of snap ring 1 to maintain the proper axial clearance of input shaft rea...

Страница 1228: ...oth operation 3 Synchronizer Ring Inspect the synchronizer rings for any damage or signs of breakage in the surface of synchro nizer rings Press synchronizer ring 1 3rd 4th gear 2 and then examine the...

Страница 1229: ...y weak springs or damage NOTE If it is necessary to replace the gear bushing and gear hub of the synchronizer they are only serviced as a complete set 5 3rd 4th Driven Gear Inspect the gear surface of...

Страница 1230: ...se Driven Gear Assembly 13 Sleeve Reverse Gear 14 Synchronization Ring 3rd 4th Gear And 5th Reverse Gear 15 Gear Hub Sleeve 5th Reverse Gear 16 Gear Hub 5th Reverse Gear 17 Snap Ring 3rd Driven Gear 1...

Страница 1231: ...B 998825 Installer Connector 52 mm 1 Using special tool MB 998917 2 disassemble the output shaft rear bearing 1 2 Disassemble the reverse gear sleeve 1 Install special tool MB 998801 2 on the reverse...

Страница 1232: ...gear 1 Install special tool MB 998917 2 on the 1st driven gear and then disassemble the sleeve 2nd gear 6 Using special tool MB 998801 2 disassemble the sleeve 1st gear 1 7 Using special tool MB 9989...

Страница 1233: ...arance of the output shaft front bearing Standard Value 0 01 mm to 0 12 mm 3 Using special tools MB 998812 1 MB 998814 2 and MB 998825 3 install the sleeve 1st gear 4 4 Install the 1st 2nd gear synchr...

Страница 1234: ...r ring is not locked when installing the gear hub 6 Install the gear hub sleeve 1st 2nd gear synchro nizer Install the gear bushing on the position 1 shown in the figure Ensure that the two deep tooth...

Страница 1235: ...B 998812 1 MB 998814 2 and MB 998822 3 install the 3rd driven gear 4 10 Install the snap ring 3rd driven gear 1 Install the snap ring to maintain the proper axial clearance of the output shaft 3rd dri...

Страница 1236: ...ear hub 5th reverse gear Install the gear hub 5th reverse gear in the position 1 shown in the figure CAUTION Using special tools MD 998812 1 MD 998813 2 and MD 998819 3 install the synchronizer ring 4...

Страница 1237: ...n ring in ner ring 1st 2nd gear synchronization ring 1 Inspect the conical surface of the clutch gear for any damage or breakage on the gear surface Install the outer ring 2 and inner ring 4 and then...

Страница 1238: ...ronizer springs for any weak springs or damage CAUTION The gear bushing or gear hub of the synchronizer are replaced as a com plete set 18 Install the transaxle gear Inspect the gear surface of the sk...

Страница 1239: ...nd idle gear shaft 1 Inspection Needle Bearing Assemble the shaft together with the gear and then examine whether they can slide smoothly without sagging or noise Inspect the bearing cage for any dama...

Страница 1240: ...hift fork shaft 1 4 Separate the 5th shift fork 2 and the reverse fork rack 4 from the 5th shift fork shaft 1 5 Separate the backup lamp switch driving block 5 from the 5th shift fork shaft 1 1 5th Sh...

Страница 1241: ...y installed to the fork shaft there should be NO axial or radial motion in the fork shaft Check the fork shaft surface for any damage Check the position of the three spring pins ensure the pins are in...

Страница 1242: ...rk shaft there should be NO axial or radial motion in the fork shaft Check the fork shaft surface for any damage Check the position of the three spring pins ensure the pins are in proper alignment The...

Страница 1243: ...O axial or radial motion in the fork shaft Check and ensure the fork rack is properly installed to the fork shaft there should be NO axial or radial motion in the fork shaft Check the fork shaft surfa...

Страница 1244: ...Transaxle Clutch Housing Assembly Disassemble MANUAL TRANSAXLE UNIT REPAIR LTSM080095 08 08 301 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1245: ...MD 998348 4 disassemble the outer race of the front rear bearing 2 of the differential 1 Clutch Housing 2 Pin GB119 A10 20 3 Fluid Seal Input Shaft 4 Bushing Gear Shifting Mechanism 5 Output Shaft Fro...

Страница 1246: ...in the figure 2 Using special tools MB 990938 2 and MB 990934 3 install the outer race output shaft bearing 1 Install the outer race with the stamped side in the position shown in the figure MANUAL TR...

Страница 1247: ...ial Apply transaxle fluid on the fluid seal lip Specified fluid 75W 90 5 Using special tool MB 990938 1 and MB 990926 2 install the input shaft fluid seal Apply the lubricating grease on the fluid sea...

Страница 1248: ...hifting Mechanism 3 Pin GB119 4 Outer Race Of Front Rear Bearing Of Differential 5 Adjustment Gasket Differential Rear Bearing 6 Fluid Seal Differential 7 Fluid Baffle 8 Fluid Draining Screw Plug 9 Pl...

Страница 1249: ...e differential fluid seal Inspect the fluid seal for damage Apply lubricating grease on the external diameter and inner lip of the fluid seal and then use special tool MD 998325 1 to install the seal...

Страница 1250: ...8 308 Description 08 308 Operation 08 310 Specifications 08 310 Special Tools 08 310 DIFFERENTIAL UNIT REPAIR 08 312 Differential Carrier 08 312 Removal Installation 08 312 Inspection 08 313 Assembly...

Страница 1251: ...ed under the gears The differential pinion shaft is held in position by a differential pinion shaft lock pin that extends through the end of the differential pinion shaft and the differential case The...

Страница 1252: ...GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM080109 08 08 309 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1253: ...150 mm Adjusting Washer 0 93 1 00 mm Special Tools Installer Connector 40 mm MD 998819 Installer Cap MD 998812 1 Front Rear Bearing Of Differential 2 Adjustment Gasket Axle Shaft Gear 3 Axle Shaft Ge...

Страница 1254: ...Bearing Remover MD 998801 Fluid Installer MD 998325 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 08 311 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1255: ...h reverse fork shaft together as a unit See Transaxle Assembly Unit Repair in Section 08 Transaxle 2 Remove the transaxle differential assembly 3 Mount the differential in a vice 4 Remove the drive ge...

Страница 1256: ...m with intermediate thickness 0 93 to 1 00 mm shall be assembled when a new axle shaft gear is installed 3 Place the spherical washer on the back of any planetary gear to make two planetary gears enga...

Страница 1257: ...ear should operate normally 9 Using special tools MD 998812 1 and MB 998819 2 install the differential front rear bearing 3 10 Install the driven gear of main reducing gear 11 Apply thread sealant to...

Страница 1258: ...12 Tighten the ring gear bolts 1 in the sequence shown in the figure Tighten Ring gear bolts to 132 N m DIFFERENTIAL UNIT REPAIR LTSM080117 08 08 315 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1259: ...Clutch and Pressure Plate 08 319 Removal Installation 08 319 Clutch Pedal Height 08 321 Clutch Pedal Free Travel 08 321 Clutch Master Cylinder 08 322 Description 08 322 Operation 08 322 Removal Instal...

Страница 1260: ...ure plate diaphragm spring As additional force is applied the bearing depresses the diaphragm spring fingers inward on the fulcrums The action moves the pressure plate rearward relieving clamping forc...

Страница 1261: ...l Tools Flywheel Fixture 09924 17810 Bearing Extractor 09917 58010 Input Shaft Bearing Mounting Device 09925 98210 Clutch Pressure Plate Installer CH 20014 GENERAL INFORMATION 08 318 Chery Automobile...

Страница 1262: ...e clutch pressure plate bolts 1 Tighten Clutch pressure plate bolts to 25 N m 3 Remove the modular clutch assembly 4 Using special tool CH 20043 1 hold the flywheel 5 Remove the flywheel to crankshaft...

Страница 1263: ...abnormal replace the clutch plate assembly Never separate the clutch plate assembly into the dia phragm spring and clutch plate Check the contact surface of the flywheel and friction lining for irreg...

Страница 1264: ...usting bolts 1 on the pedal bracket 3 in accordance with the fol lowing requirements When the clutch pedal 4 is approximately 8 mm higher than the brake pedal 5 the clutch pedal height is normal Clutc...

Страница 1265: ...the clutch pressure plate and the flywheel The clutch becomes disengaged as this pressure is released When the clutch pedal is released the system hydraulic pressure is released This allows the force...

Страница 1266: ...nder from engine compartment Aggressive handling can result in a damaged hydraulic line and improper clutch release operation upon reassembly CAUTION Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake...

Страница 1267: ...e 1 from the clutch slave cylinder Tighten Outlet pipe bolt to 17 1 N m 2 Remove the clutch slave cylinder bolts 1 from the transaxle housing Tighten Clutch slave cylinder bolts to 11 1 N m 3 Installa...

Страница 1268: ...s seat actuate the clutch pedal until the hydraulic clutch system has pressure 8 Depress the clutch pedal loosen the bleed port and bleed the brake master cylinder fluid 9 Repeat steps 6 to 8 several...

Страница 1269: ...08 327 Description 08 327 Operation 08 327 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 08 328 Transfer Case 08 328 Removal Installation 08 328 TRANSFER CASE UNIT REPAIR 08 329 Transfer Case 08 329 Disassembly 08 329 Assembly...

Страница 1270: ...d to the transaxle housing Operation The transfer case transfers the torque output from the transaxle to the ITM controller 1 Transaxle Housing 2 Rear Transaxle Cover 3 Axle Shaft Guide 4 Front Differ...

Страница 1271: ...emove the sub frame assembly 4 Remove the left and right front axle shaft mounting bolts 1 5 Remove the transaxle and transfer case assembly See Transaxle Assembly Removal Installation in Section 08 T...

Страница 1272: ...then remove the housing Tighten Transfer case front housing bolts to 35 N m 2 Remove the small rear housing components Loosen the 4 bolts 1 and remove the rear hous ing components Tighten Rear interm...

Страница 1273: ...er case right bearing support bolts to 35 N m 5 Remove the input clutch and the drive gear Remove the retainer ring of the input clutch with snap ring pliers punch the output end out of the input clut...

Страница 1274: ...e right bearing seat install the O ring and link the right bearing seat to the transfer case housing with the bolt Tighten the bolt to 35 N m The subassembly should be able to rotate with 3 0 5 0 N m...

Страница 1275: ...09 2 Specifications 09 2 Special Tools 09 3 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 09 4 Vehicle Inspection 09 4 Noise Or Vibration On Turns 09 4 Clunking Noise During Acceleration 09 4 Shudder Or Vibration During Acceler...

Страница 1276: ...on Operation The front axle transmits torque from the transaxle to the wheels In order to allow vertical and horizontal movement of the wheels the axle shafts have plunging CV joints on the inboard en...

Страница 1277: ...Beam to Vehicle Front Body Bolt 74 86 Upper Link to Trailing Arm Bolt 100 120 One On Each Side To Connect Upper Link With Rear Sub Frame 80 101 One On Each Side To Connect Lower Control Arm With Trail...

Страница 1278: ...the CV seal boot is damaged this will result in the loss and or contamination of the joint grease resulting in inad equate lubrication of the joint Clunking Noise During Acceleration This noise may be...

Страница 1279: ...uts to 110 N m 3 Remove the front axle hub nut 1 from the front knuckle Tighten Front axle hub nut to 135 N m 4 Remove the front brake rotor See Front Brake Rotor Removal Installation in Section 12 Br...

Страница 1280: ...kle Tighten Front axle hub nut to 135 N m 4 Remove the wheel speed sensor bolt 1 then remove wheel speed sensor 5 Remove the brake caliper adapter to steering knuckle mounting bolts Tighten Brake cali...

Страница 1281: ...e the front axle shaft from the transaxle using a suitable tool 9 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Rotate the joint up down left right and in axial direction check fo...

Страница 1282: ...pection 09 11 Noise Or Vibration On Turns 09 11 Clunking Noise During Acceleration 09 11 Shudder Or Vibration During Acceleration 09 11 Vibration At High Speeds 09 11 Visual Inspection For Fluid Leaks...

Страница 1283: ...formation on the rear axle assembly see Rear Suspension Description Operation in Section 10 Sus pension Operation The rear axle utilizes a sealed wheel bearing housed in the rear knuckle assembly Rear...

Страница 1284: ...ear Suspension Mount to Vehicle Body Bolt 75 85 Rear Rubber Buffer to Vehicle Body Bolts 22 28 Upper Link to Rear Sub Frame Bolts 100 120 Lower Control Arm to Rear Sub Frame Bolts 100 120 Rear Trailin...

Страница 1285: ...joint grease resulting in inad equate lubrication of the joint Clunking Noise During Acceleration This noise may be a result of one of the following conditions A torn seal boot on the inner or outer j...

Страница 1286: ...4 While an assistant applies the brakes to keep the hub from rotating remove the hub nut from the axle half shaft Tighten Hub nut to 135 N m 5 Remove the rear brake rotor See Rear Brake Rotor Removal...

Страница 1287: ...n 6 Fluid Filling Bolt 7 Washer 8 Fluid Limiting Bolt 9 Drive Gear 10 Carrier Cover Bolts 11 Carrier Cover 12 Bearing Cap Bolts 13 Bearing Cap 14 Differential Assembly 15 Differential Bolts 16 Washer...

Страница 1288: ...ighten Rear intermediate drive shaft to rear axle flange bolts to 65 6 N m 3 Remove the bolts 1 from the left rear half shaft to the rear axle output flange Tighten Rear half shaft to rear axle output...

Страница 1289: ...sing mounts and the body Tighten Rear axle housing mount bolts to 70 N m 9 Remove the rear axle housing assembly from the vehicle 10 Installation is in the reverse order of removal ON VEHICLE SERVICE...

Страница 1290: ...tion 09 18 Special Tools 09 20 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 09 21 Interactive Torque Management ITM Controller 09 21 Description 09 21 Operation 09 21 Removal Installation 09 22 Interactive Torque Management IT...

Страница 1291: ...GENERAL INFORMATION Description LTSM160027 09 09 17 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1292: ...BS controller through the CAN network The ITM module collects data from sensors on the vehicle body to determine the condition of the drive wheels Based on the sensor inputs the ITM module controls th...

Страница 1293: ...0 2 2 Liters 1 year 30 000 km Transfer Case Gear Fluid GL 5 80w 90 0 8 Liters 50 000 km Rear Final Drive Gear Fluid Hypoid 85w 90 0 8 Liters 50 000 km Transfer Case Specifications Differential Assembl...

Страница 1294: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 09 20 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1295: ...is mounted between the front and rear intermediate drive shafts NOTE Under normal vehicle usage the ITM Controller requires no maintenance Operation The ITM Controller transfers the torque output fro...

Страница 1296: ...Section 09 Driveline Axle 4 Remove the ITM Controller electrical connector 1 5 Remove the ITM Controller mounting bracket bolts 1 Tighten ITM Controller mounting bracket bolts to 60 5 N m 6 Remove the...

Страница 1297: ...electric current of the ITM controller and distributes the torque of the front axle and the rear axle intelligently according to such signals Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery ca...

Страница 1298: ...hudder Or Vibration During Acceleration 09 26 Clunking Noise During Acceleration 09 26 Shudder Or Vibration During Acceleration 09 26 Vibration At High Speeds 09 26 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 09 27 Front Inte...

Страница 1299: ...ear intermediate drive shaft is installed between the ITM controller and the rear axle Operation The drive shafts transfer the torque from the transaxle to the rear axle Specifications Torque Specific...

Страница 1300: ...e During Acceleration This noise may be a result of one of the following conditions A worn drive shaft assembly A loose drive shaft assembly A damaged or worn drive shaft joint Shudder Or Vibration Du...

Страница 1301: ...ft and the ITM Controller output shaft Tighten Rear intermediate drive shaft and ITM controller bolts to 39 3 N m 2 Remove the bolts between the intermediate drive shaft bracket and the vehicle body a...

Страница 1302: ...Front Lower Control Arm 10 9 Description 10 9 Operation 10 9 Removal Installation 10 9 Front Stabilizer Bar Link 10 11 Removal Installation 10 11 Front Stabilizer Bar 10 12 Removal Installation 10 12...

Страница 1303: ...er ball joint The strut carries out the function of a shock absorber and is encompassed by a coil spring The strut assembly supports the weight of the vehicle and is also the pivot point for the steer...

Страница 1304: ...The front suspension consists of the following components GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM100008 10 10 3 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1305: ...UE N m Connecting Rod And Front Stabilizer Bar 40 50 Connect The Right And Left Assembly Of Front Drive Shaft With Brake Disc 260 270 Control Arm And Sub Frame 170 190 Connect Intermediate Propeller S...

Страница 1306: ...0 120 Steering Knuckle And Suspension Strut 110 130 Soft Gasket And Bracket Of Front Suspension 75 85 Steering Knuckle Tie Rod And Steering Knuckle 32 38 Sub Frame And Gasket Of Vehicle Front Body 170...

Страница 1307: ...correct tire pressure Incorrect front or rear wheel Toe in Worn wheel bearings Worn control arm bushings Excessive friction in strut upper bearing Inflate tires to recommended pressure Correct front o...

Страница 1308: ...knuckle is not a repairable com ponent of the front suspension It must be replaced if damaged in any way If it is determined that the steering knuckle is bent when servicing the vehicle no attempt sho...

Страница 1309: ...mounting bolt 1 Tighten Wheel speed sensor mounting bolt to 10 1 N m 7 Remove the wheel speed sensor and set it aside 8 Remove the lower ball joint mounting nut 1 attaching the lower control arm to th...

Страница 1310: ...ont steering knuckle perform a front end alignment See Front Wheel Alignment in Section 10 Suspension Front Lower Control Arm Description The lower control arm is located between the steering knuckle...

Страница 1311: ...1 between the control arm and the steering knuckle Tighten Control arm to steering knuckle nut to 120 10 N m 5 Remove the bolt 1 between the rear rubber sleeve of the control arm and the sub frame Ti...

Страница 1312: ...stallation 1 Raise and support the vehicle 2 Remove the wheel mounting nuts and the wheel assembly Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 3 Remove the nut 1 between the front stabilizer link and the m...

Страница 1313: ...ee Front Stabilizer Bar Link Removal Installation in Section 10 Suspen sion 4 Remove the stabilizer bar mounting bolts 1 4 total Tighten Stabilizer bar mounting bolts to 19 24N m 19 24 N m 5 Remove th...

Страница 1314: ...bolts and nuts going through the strut clevis bracket and steering knuckle The top of the strut mounts directly to the strut tower of the vehicle using the three threaded studs on the strut assembly s...

Страница 1315: ...le three or four times with identical force every time During the pushing and recoiling the resistance and recoil times of the vehicle should be equal If the strut shock absorber functions properly th...

Страница 1316: ...he strut tower Tighten Upper strut mounting nuts to 50 10 N m 9 Remove the front strut assembly 10 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes After installation each bolt must...

Страница 1317: ...ed into the strut tower to take the place of an original plastic clamp Also do not drill holes into the front strut tower for the installation of any metal fasteners into the strut tower area indi cat...

Страница 1318: ...ssembly is in the reverse order of disassembly Front Sub Frame Assembly Removal Installation WARNING Before removing the sub frame assembly properly support the engine and transaxle assembly 1 Raise a...

Страница 1319: ...ove the left and right front stabilizer bar links See Front Stabilizer Bar Link Removal Installation in Sec tion 10 Suspension 10 Remove the nut 1 attaching the outer tie rod ends to the steering knuc...

Страница 1320: ...ring gear drain steering fluid from lines Tighten High pressure line to power steering pump 27 33 N m Tighten Low pressure line to power steering pump 27 33 N m 14 Remove the two bolts 1 between the s...

Страница 1321: ...ine mount and rear engine mount See Engine Mounts Removal Installation in Section 02 Engine 18 Remove the bolts 1 between the sub frame assembly and the vehicle body Tighten Sub frame assembly to vehi...

Страница 1322: ...erly compressed The coil spring is held under pressure The coil spring must be compressed removing spring tension from the upper mount and bearing before the strut rod nut is removed 3 If the spring c...

Страница 1323: ...leakage will be a stream of fluid running down the side of the reservoir tube and dripping off lower end of unit Inspect the strut assembly components for the following and replace as necessary Inspe...

Страница 1324: ...ssary parts prior to reassembly 1 Cushion Pad 2 Dust Boot 3 Cushion Block 4 Upper Spring Seat 5 Upper Spring Mount 2 Mount the new strut assembly into the fixture 3 Insert the coil spring into the spr...

Страница 1325: ...m spring holder 1 the end of the spring should be indexed in the spring pocket 8 Install the upper spring holder with the index posi tion of 180 angle between the punched hole and the spring strut mou...

Страница 1326: ...l Installation 10 30 Rear Upper Control Arm 10 31 Removal Installation 10 31 Rear Stabilizer Bar Link 10 32 Removal Installation 10 32 Rear Shock Absorber 10 32 Description 10 32 Operation 10 32 Remov...

Страница 1327: ...GENERAL INFORMATION Description The rear suspension consists of the following components LTSM100035 10 26 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1328: ...pendent of each other This independent action offers improved isolation from the effects of jounce and rebound 1 Rear Sub Frame Assembly 2 Rear Suspension Upper Rocker Arm Assembly 3 Rear Spring Pad 4...

Страница 1329: ...ion Assembly to Rear Axle 75 85 Upper Link to Rear Sub Frame 100 120 Lower Control Arm to Rear Sub Frame 100 120 Lower Control Arm to Trailing Arm 100 120 Upper Link to Trailing Arm 100 120 Rear Suspe...

Страница 1330: ...oose bearings Check the rear axle hub for any damage or excessive runout Vibration At High Speed This problem could be a result of the following Foreign material mud etc packed on the backside of the...

Страница 1331: ...connecting the lower control arm and rear trailing arm Tighten Lower control arm to rear trailing arm bolt to 80 100 N m 4 Remove the retaining bolt 1 connecting the upper control arm and rear sub fra...

Страница 1332: ...bolt to 80 100 N m 3 Remove the retaining bolt 1 connecting the upper control arm and rear sub frame assembly Tighten Upper control arm to rear sub frame assembly bolt to 80 100 N m 4 Installation is...

Страница 1333: ...n each bolt must be tightened to the required tightening torque Rear Shock Absorber Description The bottom of the shock absorber assembly mounts to the rear trailing arm The top of the shock absorber...

Страница 1334: ...e if necessary 2 Inspect the damping force of the shock absorber replace if not within specifications 3 Inspect the thrust bearing to see if there is any excessive wear or abnormal noise replace any w...

Страница 1335: ...eel assembly Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 3 Use a jack to support the rear trailing arm 4 Remove the retaining bolt 1 that connects the lower control arm to rear trailing arm Tighten Lower c...

Страница 1336: ...bracket Tighten Rear trailing arm to shock absorber bracket bolts to 80 100 N m 5 Lower the jack and remove the rear spring 6 Remove the connecting bolt that joins the rear trailing arm to the upper...

Страница 1337: ...o the hand brake cable bracket Tighten Hand brake cable bracket bolt to 25 35 N m 9 Remove the bolt 1 that joins the rear trailing arm to the vehicle body 10 Remove the brake fluid pipe clamp 2 ON VEH...

Страница 1338: ...0 Brakes 13 Remove the rear hub and bearing See Rear Hub and Bearing Removal Installation in Section 09 Driveline Axle 14 Remove the rear trailing arm 15 Installation is in the reverse order of remova...

Страница 1339: ...42 Tire Wear 10 42 Tire Wear Chart 10 42 Alignment Troubleshooting Chart 10 43 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 10 44 Front Wheel Alignment 10 44 Front Wheel Alignment Specifications 10 44 Front Axle Toe In Adjustm...

Страница 1340: ...be the same size as standard equipment Vehicle height is checked with the fuel tank full of fuel and no passenger or luggage compartment load Vehicle height is not adjustable If the measurement is not...

Страница 1341: ...ignment equipment on the vehicle per the alignment equipment manufacturer s instructions On this vehicle a four wheel alignment is recommended 3 Read the vehicle s current front and rear alignment set...

Страница 1342: ...Camber 51 9 to 1 51 Caster 2 50 3 30 to 2 5 Inclination 11 30 12 15 to 10 45 Toe Individual 0 5 to 5 Rear Axle Alignment Specifications REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT PREFERRED SETTING ACCEPTABLE RANGE Camber...

Страница 1343: ...ts 7 Scalloped Wear 2 Effect 1 Excessive Tire Wear 2 Excessive Tire Wear 3 Tire Damage 4 Vehicle Pulls 2 Excessive Tire Wear 6 Poor Traction 7 Excessive Tire Wear 3 Cause 8 Under Inflation Or Lack Of...

Страница 1344: ...re of steering system Fasten wheel nut Adjust the tire pressure Check the wheel alignment and then adjust Repair or install new suspension component as necessary Steering Wheel Deflecting To Single Si...

Страница 1345: ...le turning the inner tie rod during front toe in adjustment It may be necessary to remove the clamp where the boot meets the inner tie rod 1 Loosen the tie rod adjusting jam nut 1 Tighten Tie rod adju...

Страница 1346: ...54 24 to 1 24 Toe Individual 5 5 to 15 Rear Axle Toe In Adjustment 1 While holding the cam bolt stationary loosen the lower control arm mounting cam nut 1 Tighten Lower control arm mounting cam nut to...

Страница 1347: ...ol arm bolt to 80 100 N m 2 Rotate the cam bolt head left or right until the rear wheel camber for that rear wheel is set to the pre ferred specification 3 While holding the cam bolt head stationary t...

Страница 1348: ...heel Out Of Round Inspection 10 50 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 10 51 Tire Repair 10 51 Description 10 51 Replacement Procedure 10 51 Repair Procedure 10 51 Wheel Assembly 10 52 Description 10 52 Removal Instal...

Страница 1349: ...be repaired or replaced at the first opportunity then reinstalled Operation Driving habits have more effect on tire life than any other factor Careful drivers will obtain in most cases much greater mi...

Страница 1350: ...ations of Cold Tire kPa TIRE 235 60 R16 PRESSURE Front Tires 200 Rear Tires 200 Spare Tire 250 Rim Out Of Round Specifications DESCRIPTION MAXIMUM RUN OUT mm Aluminum Rim 3 GENERAL INFORMATION 10 49 C...

Страница 1351: ...e wear patterns can be traced to the following tire conditions Under inflation will cause wear on the shoulders of tire Over inflation will cause wear at the center of tire Excessive camber causes the...

Страница 1352: ...lure and loss of vehicle control The use of oversize tires may cause interference with vehicle components Under extremes of suspension and steering travel interference with vehicle components may caus...

Страница 1353: ...equipped with wheel center caps that cover the wheel nuts remove the cap with an appropriate removal tool utilizing the notch located between the wheel and the outer edge of the cap NOTE Use care not...

Страница 1354: ...its maximum weight not exceeding 40g CAUTION Use caution not to damage wheel weights dur ing tire and wheel installation 5 Install the wheel assembly and install the wheel mounting nuts Tighten Wheel...

Страница 1355: ...m Directional Tires Some vehicles may be fitted with special high performance tires having a directional tread pattern These tires are designed to improve traction on wet pavement To obtain the full...

Страница 1356: ...NFORMATION 11 2 Description 11 2 Operation 11 2 Specifications 11 3 Special Tools 11 3 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 11 4 Power Steering Troubleshooting Chart 11 4 Power Steering Fluid Troubleshooting Chart 11 5...

Страница 1357: ...n teeth with the rack teeth within the steering gear The lateral travel pushes and pulls the tie rods to change the direction of the vehicle s front wheels Power assist steering is provided by a belt...

Страница 1358: ...engine has been running Do not start engine with any loose or disconnected hoses Do not allow hoses to touch hot exhaust manifold or cata lyst Fluid level should be checked with the engine off to prev...

Страница 1359: ...he specified pressure Verify belt tension Replace belt auto tensioner and belt if necessary Check the outer tie rod ends Steering Wheel Does Not Return To Center Position Tire s not properly inflated...

Страница 1360: ...ut and inspect O ring If damaged or missing replace O ring Clean joints and reinspect for leaks Clean fluid from around suspect areas Run vehicle and inspect for leaks Look inside reservoir to see if...

Страница 1361: ...servoir release cap 3 Siphon out the contaminated power steering fluid from the power steering liquid reservoir 4 Remove the return hose clamp 1 from the power steering return hose 5 Install a plug to...

Страница 1362: ...gine Turn the steering wheel several times to heat the power steering fluid to 50 60 C With the engine running turn the steering wheel left and right to the wheel stops and repeat this several times C...

Страница 1363: ...1 Vehicle Inspection 11 11 Loose Steering Vehicle Leads Drifts Troubleshooting Chart 11 11 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 11 12 Steering Wheel 11 12 Removal Installation 11 12 Inspection Steering System 11 13 Ste...

Страница 1364: ...umn from the vehicle 1 Horn Hood Assembly 2 Airbag 3 Spoke Trim Cover 4 Adjustable Steering Column 5 Bolt 6 Steering Lower Shield 7 Jacket Mounting Bracket 8 Steering Upper Shield 9 Intermediate Shaft...

Страница 1365: ...the steering gear The tilt function of the steering column is con trolled by a mechanical lever on the underside of the steering column which uses a cam to lock and unlock the steering column Specifi...

Страница 1366: ...S CORRECTION Excessive Play In Steering Wheel Worn or loose suspension or steering components Worn or loose wheel bearings Steering gear mounting Gear out of adjustment Worn or loose steering coupler...

Страница 1367: ...raight ahead position 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the driver airbag See Driver Airbag Removal Installation in Section 14 Restraints 4 Disconnect the spiral cable electrical connec...

Страница 1368: ...he engine off If free play exceeds standard value remove steering gear housing and inspect the gross torque of pinion gear Static Steering Force Inspection Park the vehicle on a level surface and turn...

Страница 1369: ...tem This is due to insufficient steering fluid supplied to the steering fluid pump during idle speed Steering Column Shroud Removal Installation WARNING Before servicing the steering column the airbag...

Страница 1370: ...ry See Airbag System Disarming Procedure in Sec tion 14 Restraints NOTE To help maintain alignment of the spiral cable connector during reassembly apply a small piece of tape to the spiral cable and t...

Страница 1371: ...ove the wiper and washer switch 11 Remove the spiral cable retaining bolts 1 Tighten Spiral cable bolts to 8 N m 12 Remove the instrument panel lower shroud bolts 1 13 Remove the upper mounting bolts...

Страница 1372: ...in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Check the steering shaft and universal joint for damage or wear Check the clearance of universal joint and replace if necessary Check the steering co...

Страница 1373: ...0 Binding and Sticking Troubleshooting Chart 11 20 Insufficient Assist Poor Return To Center Troubleshooting Chart 11 20 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 11 21 Steering Gear LHD 11 21 Removal Installation 11 21 Ste...

Страница 1374: ...teering wheel turns the pinion The rack is a long flat bar with geared teeth on one side The rack teeth mesh with the teeth on the pinion gear Rotation of the pinion moves the rack from left to right...

Страница 1375: ...art CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES CORRECTION Hard Turning Or Momentary Increase In Turning Effort Tire pressure Low fluid level Loose belt Lack of lubrication Low pump pressure or flow Internal gear leak...

Страница 1376: ...emove the wheel mounting nuts and wheel assemblies from both sides of the vehicle Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 3 Remove the return hose clamp 1 from the steer ing liquid reservoir and insert...

Страница 1377: ...n 07 Exhaust 9 Remove the high pressure and low pressure lines 1 from the steering gear Tighten High pressure line to steering gear 27 33 N m Tighten Low pressure line to steering gear 27 33 N m 10 Re...

Страница 1378: ...to 32 38 N m 12 Using special tool CH 10002 separate the outer tie rod ends from both steering knuckles 13 Remove the wheel speed sensor mounting bolt 1 Tighten Wheel speed sensor mounting bolt to 10...

Страница 1379: ...hicle Do this so the sub frame can be relocated upon reinstallation against the body of vehicle in the same location as before removal If the front suspension sub frame is not reinstalled in exactly t...

Страница 1380: ...ng nuts and the wheel assemblies from both sides of the vehicle Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 3 Remove the return hose clamp 1 from the steer ing liquid reservoir and insert the end of the ho...

Страница 1381: ...n 07 Exhaust 9 Remove the high pressure and low pressure lines 1 from the steering gear Tighten High pressure line to steering gear 27 33 N m Tighten Low pressure line to steering gear 27 33 N m 10 Re...

Страница 1382: ...to 32 38 N m 12 Using special tool CH 10002 separate the outer tie rod ends from both steering knuckles 13 Remove the wheel speed sensor mounting bolt 1 Tighten Wheel speed sensor mounting bolt to 10...

Страница 1383: ...Do this so the sub frame can be relocated upon reinstallation against the body of vehicle in the same location as before removal If the front suspension sub frame is not reinstalled in exactly the sa...

Страница 1384: ...Using special tool CH 10002 separate the outer tie rod end from the steering knuckle 6 Remove the outer tie rod end from the steering rack NOTE When removing the outer tie rod end count the number of...

Страница 1385: ...the standard value replace the steering tie rod end Standard value 0 98 3 92 N m 3 When the starting torque is less than the standard value inspect the ball joint for excessive play or wear problem I...

Страница 1386: ...ng Chart 11 33 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 11 34 Power Steering Pump 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 11 34 Removal Installation 11 34 Power Steering Pump 2 4L 11 35 Removal Installation 11 35 Power Steering Fluid Reservoir 11...

Страница 1387: ...triction of this flow by the steering gear creates the pressure that provides the steering assist CAUTION Operating the power steering with a low steering fluid level will damage the power steering sy...

Страница 1388: ...line clamp O ring missing or damaged on hose fitting Low fluid level Air leak between pump and reservoir Replace clamp Replace O ring Fill to proper level Repair if necessary Scrubbing Or Knocking Wro...

Страница 1389: ...Section 02 Engine 5 Remove the high pressure 1 and low pressure lines 2 from the power steering pump drain steering fluid from lines Tighten High pressure line to power steering pump 40 50 N m Tighten...

Страница 1390: ...the steer ing liquid reservoir and insert the end of the hose into a container 4 Start the engine and turn the steering wheel from lock to lock until all power steering fluid has been drained from the...

Страница 1391: ...o bolts 1 on the other side of the power steering pump Tighten Power steering pump bolts to 20 30 N m 13 Remove the steering pump from the engine bracket 14 Installation is in the reverse order of rem...

Страница 1392: ...eturn Lines 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L Removal Installation 1 Siphon as much steering fluid as possible from the power steering fluid reservoir 2 Remove the engine cover 3 Remove the hose clamps securing the retu...

Страница 1393: ...27 33 N m 6 Remove the power steering line clamp bracket bolt 1 from the pressure and return lines Tighten Power steering line clamp bracket bolt to 10 N m 7 Remove the pressure and return lines 8 Ins...

Страница 1394: ...e hose clamps 1 securing the return hose and the supply hose to the steering fluid res ervoir fitting 3 Remove the pressure and return hoses 4 Disconnect the power steering switch electrical connector...

Страница 1395: ...line to steering gear 27 33 N m Tighten Low pressure line to steering gear 27 33 N m 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Fill the power steering reservoir to the prop...

Страница 1396: ...D 12 14 Description 12 14 Operation 12 14 Removal Installation 12 14 Power Brake Booster RHD 12 16 Description 12 16 Operation 12 16 Removal Installation 12 16 Front Brake Caliper 12 18 Description 12...

Страница 1397: ...akes rear Parking brake Parking brake shoes rear Front Disc Brake The front disc brake assembly consists of the following major components Caliper Caliper adapter bracket Brake pads Rotor 1 Front Whee...

Страница 1398: ...e brake booster which through the use of vacuum boosts the force of the rod and then transmits this force into the master cylinder This produces hydraulic pressure in the master cylinder On vehicles n...

Страница 1399: ...Screw 9 11 Fluid Reservoir Mounting Screw 11 Master Cylinder Mounting Nuts 23 Parking Brake Lever Mounting Nuts 6 12 Rear Brake Backing Plate Bolts 20 Wheel Mounting Nuts 110 Rotor Specifications BRAK...

Страница 1400: ...Min Thickness Of Brake Rotor 7 Rear Brake Pad Thickness New 15 Min Thickness Of Rear Brake Pad 7 Thickness Of Parking Brake Lining 2 5 Min Thickness Of Parking Brake Lining 1 5 Special Tools Dial Ind...

Страница 1401: ...Electrical Schematics Brake System Page 1 of 1 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120017T 12 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1402: ...bstance other than brake fluid The system seals cups hoses master cylinder and HCU will also have to be replaced after flush ing Use clean brake fluid to flush the system Check the parking brake opera...

Страница 1403: ...in brake lines Bleed brakes Pedal Pulsates Surges During Braking Disc brake rotor has excessive thickness variation Isolate condition as rear or front Resurface or replace brake rotors as necessary P...

Страница 1404: ...procedure and add brake fluid as required NOTE Do not pump the brake pedal at any time while having a bleeder screw open during the bleeding process This will only increase the amount of air in the sy...

Страница 1405: ...en improved some air may still be trapped in the system Re bleed the brakes as necessary 9 Test drive the vehicle to verify the brakes are operating properly and pedal feel is correct Pressure Brake B...

Страница 1406: ...inder pistons apply brake pressure through the chassis brake tubes to each brake assembly The brake fluid reservoir supplies the brake hydraulic system with the necessary fluid to operate properly Rem...

Страница 1407: ...er installation bleed the master cylinder or bleed the entire brake system as necessary Master Cylinder RHD Description The master cylinder body is an anodized aluminum casting It is located at the ri...

Страница 1408: ...phon out as much brake fluid as possible from the master cylinder 3 With the engine off pump the brake pedal 4 5 strokes until the pedal feel is firm 4 Disconnect the negative battery cable 5 Disconne...

Страница 1409: ...master cylinder is bolted to the front of the booster Operation A vacuum line connects the check valve to engine source vacuum The booster input rod extends through the dash panel and connects to the...

Страница 1410: ...ing nuts and bolts to 25 N m 4 Remove the brake pedal bracket 5 Disconnect the vacuum hose 1 from the check valve on the power brake booster 6 Slide the power brake booster 1 forward until its mountin...

Страница 1411: ...l inder to avoid damaging the master cylinder and to prevent the booster from sucking in any con tamination This can be done by pumping the brake pedal while the engine is not running until a firm bra...

Страница 1412: ...er brake booster 6 Slide the power brake booster forward until its mounting studs clear the dash panel then remove it through the engine compartment 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal O...

Страница 1413: ...fluid pressure is exerted equally and in all directions This means pressure exerted against the caliper piston and within the caliper bores will be equal Fluid pressure applied to the pistons is tran...

Страница 1414: ...h to remove the brake caliper 1 from the brake disc 5 Remove the front brake hose from the front brake caliper Tighten Front caliper brake hose to 19 N m 6 Remove the front caliper guide pin bolts 1 T...

Страница 1415: ...n This will isolate the master cylinder from the brake hydraulic system and will not allow the brake fluid to drain out of the master cylinder reservoir when the lines are opened 2 Raise and support t...

Страница 1416: ...oring and wear is acceptable If heavy scoring or warping is evident the rotor must be resur faced or replaced Excessive wear and scoring of the rotor can cause improper lining contact on the rotor s b...

Страница 1417: ...wheel mounting nuts and the tire and wheel assembly Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 3 Remove rear caliper 1 See Rear Caliper Removal Installation in Section 12 Brakes 4 Slide the rear brake rot...

Страница 1418: ...ontact the rotor braking surface approximately 10 mm from the outer edge of the rotor 3 Slowly rotate the brake rotor checking lateral runout marking the low and high spots Record these measurements 4...

Страница 1419: ...some cases it may be necessary to retract the cal iper piston in its bore a small amount in order to pro vide sufficient clearance between the pads and the rotor 3 Remove the front caliper guide pin b...

Страница 1420: ...llimeter or less Replace both disc brake pads inboard and outboard at each caliper It is also necessary to replace the pads on the opposite side of the vehicle as well as the pads failing inspection t...

Страница 1421: ...vehicle Measure the brake pad minimum thickness Brake pads must be replaced when usable material on a brake pad lining measured at its thinnest point measures one millimeter or less Replace both disc...

Страница 1422: ...e a wooden block in the caliper 2 If necessary apply low pressure compressed air to the caliper fluid inlet in short spurts to force the pis ton out 3 Remove the piston from the caliper 4 Remove the d...

Страница 1423: ...because this will damage the chrome plated surface Replace the piston if the chrome plated surface is damaged If the piston is jammed or if the cylinder bores are scored or rusted replace the complete...

Страница 1424: ...into the seal groove NOTE Verify seal is fully seated into seal groove and not twisted 3 Install the new dust boot on the caliper piston and seat the dust boot lip into the piston groove 4 Stretch the...

Страница 1425: ...sassemble Before disassembling the brake caliper clean and inspect it WARNING Under no condition should high pressure air ever be used to remove a piston from a caliper bore Personal injury could resu...

Страница 1426: ...ed of the light scratches or corrosion using crocus cloth 2 Remove deposits on the piston using a soft brass wire brush or a rough shop towel Do not clean piston with a polishing or emery cloth becaus...

Страница 1427: ...iston seal Bleed the brakes as necessary Perform the following procedure to assemble the brake caliper 1 Lubricate the caliper piston piston seals and piston bore with clean brake fluid 2 Install the...

Страница 1428: ...press the piston down to the bottom of the caliper bore by hand or with the handle of a hammer CAUTION When assembling the force applied to the piston to seat it in the bore must be applied uniformly...

Страница 1429: ...2 47 C1200 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted 12 54 C1203 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted 12 59 C1206 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted 12...

Страница 1430: ...our sensors one sensor at each wheel making it a four chan nel system The purpose of the ABS is to prevent wheel lockup under braking conditions on virtually any type of road surface Antilock braking...

Страница 1431: ...t may at first seem abnormal but in fact are nor mal These characteristics are described below If the electrical system malfunctions the Fail Safe function is activated the ABS becomes inoperative and...

Страница 1432: ...Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B CAN BUS Diagnostic Connector GENERAL INFORMATION 12 12 37 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1433: ...Electrical Schematics Antilock Brake System 1 6L 1 8L Page 1 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120019T 12 38 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1434: ...Antilock Brake System 1 6L 1 8L Page 2 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120020T 12 12 39 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1435: ...Antilock Brake System 1 6L 1 8L Page 3 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120021T 12 40 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1436: ...Antilock Brake System 2 0L 2 4L Page 1 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120022T 12 12 41 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1437: ...Antilock Brake System 2 0L 2 4L Page 2 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120023T 12 42 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1438: ...Antilock Brake System 2 0L 2 4L Page 3 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120024T 12 12 43 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1439: ...or Sensor GND 3 16 ABS Lamp 4 Ignition Switch 17 5 Rear Wheel Speed Sensor LH 18 Brake Switch 6 Rear Wheel Speed Sensor LH 19 Front Wheel Speed Sensor RH 7 Diagnostic Link K 20 Front Wheel Speed Senso...

Страница 1440: ...he data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Inspect the sensor and mounting area for any condition that would result in an in...

Страница 1441: ...Damaged Exciter C1205 No Signal Air Gap Error Or Wrong Exciter C1206 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Short to Ground C1207 Range Performance Speed Jump Or Damaged Exciter C1208 No Signal...

Страница 1442: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests C1101 Battery Voltage High C1102 Battery Voltage Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120010T 12 12 47 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1443: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120011T 12 48 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1444: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120002T 12 12 49 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1445: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120003T 12 50 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1446: ...gnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 12 Brakes for more information NOTE While per...

Страница 1447: ...than 9 4 V Yes Replace the AC generator No Go to the next step 5 CHECK THE BATTERY Start the engine raise the engine speed to over 1000 RPM for a few minutes Turn ignition switch off Measure the volta...

Страница 1448: ...Replace the AC generator No Go to the next step 8 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read ABS module DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC C1101 or C1102 still present Yes Replace the ABS mo...

Страница 1449: ...C1200 Left Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120012T 12 54 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1450: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120004T 12 12 55 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1451: ...for fault setting conditions to be met With the scan tool select View ABS Data Stream and DTC If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not d...

Страница 1452: ...eference voltage between ter minal 2 of the wheel speed sensor connector ter minal side and ground Voltage should exist 2 0 4 0 V Is the proper voltage present Yes Go to the next step No Repair or rep...

Страница 1453: ...terminal 1 of the Left Front wheel speed sensor connector terminal side and ground Continuity should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for...

Страница 1454: ...C1203 Right Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120013T 12 12 59 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1455: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120005T 12 60 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1456: ...for fault setting conditions to be met With the scan tool select View ABS Data Stream and DTC If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not de...

Страница 1457: ...reference voltage between ter minal 2 of the wheel speed sensor connector ter minal side and ground Voltage should exist 2 0 4 0 V Is the proper voltage present Yes Go to the next step No Repair or r...

Страница 1458: ...n terminal 1 of the Right Front wheel speed sensor connector terminal side and ground Continuity should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit fo...

Страница 1459: ...C1206 Left Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120014T 12 64 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1460: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120006T 12 12 65 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1461: ...for fault setting conditions to be met With the scan tool select View ABS Data Stream and DTC If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not de...

Страница 1462: ...reference voltage between ter minal 2 of the wheel speed sensor connector ter minal side and ground Voltage should exist 2 0 4 0 V Is the proper voltage present Yes Go to the next step No Repair or re...

Страница 1463: ...terminal 2 of the Left Rear wheel speed sensor connector terminal side and ground Continuity should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the circuit for a...

Страница 1464: ...C1209 Right Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Open or Shorted DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120015T 12 12 69 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1465: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW120007T 12 70 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1466: ...or fault setting conditions to be met With the scan tool select View ABS Data Stream and DTC If the DTC is detected the DTC condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not det...

Страница 1467: ...AR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR RESISTANCE Check the wheel speed sensor resistance between the sensor terminals 1 and 2 component side Is the sensor resistance 700 1500 ohms Yes Go to the next step No Replace t...

Страница 1468: ...he voltage between terminal 1 of the Right Rear wheel speed sensor connector terminal side and ground Voltage should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace t...

Страница 1469: ...the ABS module Cycle the ignition switch Start engine and warm it to normal operating temperature Turn ignition switch off and wait for a few seconds Start the engine With the scan tool connected to t...

Страница 1470: ...y circuit and ground circuit for an open high resistance or short circuit Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair circuit for an open or short in harness and connectors 3 CHECK DT...

Страница 1471: ...while bleeding the system An empty reservoir will allow additional air into the brake system Check the fluid level frequently and add fluid as needed The following wheel circuit sequence for bleeding...

Страница 1472: ...rake tube nuts to 10 N m 5 Disconnect the ABS hydraulic control module elec trical connector 6 Remove the mounting bolts attaching the HCU mounting bracket to vehicle Tighten ABS mounting bracket bolt...

Страница 1473: ...nd wheel assembly Tighten Wheel mounting nuts to 110 N m 4 Disconnect the rear wheel speed sensor electrical connector 1 5 Remove the rear hub and bearing assembly See Rear Hub and Bearing Removal Ins...

Страница 1474: ...81 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 12 82 Parking Brake Warning Light 12 82 Parking Brake Operation 12 82 Parking Brake Adjustment 12 82 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 12 84 Parking Brake Lever 12 84 Removal Installation 12 84...

Страница 1475: ...r mounted on the end of the lever s output cable There is an individual parking brake cable for each rear wheel that joins a parking brake cable equalizer attached to the parking brake lever to the re...

Страница 1476: ...Electrical Schematics Parking Brake System Page 1 of 1 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW120018T 12 12 81 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1477: ...notches without having an adequate solid braking effect NOTE Excessive parking brake lever travel sometimes described as a loose lever or too loose condition could be the result of worn brake shoes im...

Страница 1478: ...9 Tighten or loosen the parking brake adjustment nut 1 to adjust the parking brake 10 Lower the vehicle DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSM120045 12 12 83 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1479: ...the lever s output cable taking tension off parking brake cables 4 Back the nut off until it is flush with the end of the output cable 5 Remove the bolts 1 attaching the parking brake lever to the veh...

Страница 1480: ...the brake actuator 7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal NOTE The parking brake should be adjusted after replacing brake shoes or hand brake cable Loosen the parking brake handle Apply th...

Страница 1481: ...il the adjuster is at shortest length 5 Remove the brake shoe hold down springs 3 and pins 6 Rotate the pins 90 to disengage 6 Remove the parking brake cable from the arm on the rear parking brake sho...

Страница 1482: ...shoes at their widest point 3 Using the adjuster wheel adjust the parking brake shoes until the linings on both parking brake shoes just touch the jaws on the brake measuring gauge After installation...

Страница 1483: ...L INFORMATION 13 2 Description 13 2 Operation 13 4 Specifications 13 4 Special Tools 13 5 Electrical Schematics 13 6 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 13 12 A C System Performance 13 12 Heater Performance 13 14 ON VE...

Страница 1484: ...from HVAC control panel The inside temperature The speed of the blower Five different modes of operation A C compressor clutch operation Recirculation door position NOTE To maintain the performance le...

Страница 1485: ...nser 2 Compressor 3 Suction Line 4 Liquid Line 5 Accumulator 6 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor 7 Expansion Valve 8 HVAC Housing 9 HVAC Control Panel GENERAL INFORMATION LTSM130021 13 13 3 Chery Automobile...

Страница 1486: ...ough to pass through the cowl plenum screen and can accumulate within the HVAC housing The A C compressor can be engaged by pressing the A C snowflake button on the A C Heater control panel It will au...

Страница 1487: ...kgf cm2 28 31 psi 26 6 C 12 6 19 3 kgf cm2 180 275 psi 1 9 2 1 kgf cm2 28 31 psi 32 2 C 14 0 21 8 kgf cm2 200 310 psi 1 9 2 1 kgf cm2 28 31 psi 37 7 C 16 1 23 kgf cm2 230 330 psi 1 9 2 4 kgf cm2 28 35...

Страница 1488: ...Electrical Schematics Air Conditioner Control 1 6L 1 8L Page 1 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130004T 13 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1489: ...Air Conditioner Control 1 6L 1 8L Page 2 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130005T 13 13 7 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1490: ...Air Conditioner Control 1 6L 1 8L Page 3 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130006T 13 8 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1491: ...Air Conditioner Control 2 0L 2 4L Page 1 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130001T 13 13 9 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1492: ...Air Conditioner Control 2 0L 2 4L Page 2 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130002T 13 10 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1493: ...Air Conditioner Control 2 0L 2 4L Page 3 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW130003T 13 13 11 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1494: ...ity 27 C 80 humidity 32 C 80 humidity 38 C 50 humidity 43 C 20 humidity Air Temperature at Center Panel Outlet 10 13 C 14 17 C 15 18 C 17 20 C 14 17 C Evaporator Inlet Pressure at Charge Port 241 276...

Страница 1495: ...ystem Engine overheating Check the condenser for damaged fins foreign objects obstructing air flow through the condenser fins and missing or improperly installed air seals Clean repair or replace comp...

Страница 1496: ...se should be slightly cooler than the coolant supply heater hose If the return hose is much cooler than the supply hose locate and repair the engine coolant flow obstruction in the cooling system Obst...

Страница 1497: ...e negative battery cable 2 Remove the bezel of the central control panel 3 Remove the bolts and remove the CD player and then disconnect the harness connectors 4 Remove the mounting screws 1 5 Disconn...

Страница 1498: ...s to allow the blower motor resistors to cool before per forming diagnosis or service Failure to take this precaution can result in possible personal injury CAUTION DON T operate the blower motor with...

Страница 1499: ...bolts 1 attaching the blower motor resistor to the evaporator housing 5 Remove the blower motor resistor 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM130002 13 13 17 Chery...

Страница 1500: ...GENERAL INFORMATION 13 19 Description 13 19 Operation 13 21 Specifications 13 23 Special Tools 13 23 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 13 24 Recirculation Door Actuator 13 24 Removal Installation 13 24 13 18 Chery A...

Страница 1501: ...vacuum controls These controls provide the vehicle operator with a number of setting options to help control the climate and comfort within the vehicle Refer to the owner s manual in the vehicle glov...

Страница 1502: ...re Control Dial Cable 18 Mode Door Cable 19 Outlet Assembly 20 Clamp 21 Left Outlet 22 Right Outlet 23 Evaporator Assembly Upper Cover 24 Drain Inner Hose Assembly 25 Rubber Drain Inside Hose 26 Rubbe...

Страница 1503: ...turns ON and air inlet is set to recirculation When recirculation switch is OFF air inlet is set to fresh The recirculation mode can be re entered by pressing the recirculation switch again Rear Windo...

Страница 1504: ...mes from the floor outlets A slight amount of air is directed through the defrost and side window demister outlets 4 Defrost Floor Mode Air comes from the floor defrost and side window demister outlet...

Страница 1505: ...s Torque Specifications DESCRIPTION TORQUE N m All General Service Screws 5 Recirculation door actuator screws 2 Special Tools Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 13 13 23 Chery Autom...

Страница 1506: ...to the recirculation door actuator 2 Remove the bolt 1 connecting the recirculation door actuator to the bracket Tighten Recirculation door actuator bolt to 2 N m 3 Remove the recirculation door actua...

Страница 1507: ...3 27 DIAGNOSIS TESTING 13 28 Blower Motor Electrical Troubleshooting 13 28 Blower Motor Noise 13 28 Blower Motor Vibration 13 28 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 13 29 HVAC Housing 13 29 Removal Installation 13 29...

Страница 1508: ...of the system The mode door cable operates the mode air doors which direct the flow of the conditioned air out the various air outlets depending on the mode selected When equipped with A C the recirc...

Страница 1509: ...Special Tools Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B GENERAL INFORMATION 13 13 27 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1510: ...se To determine if the blower motor is the source of the noise simply switch the blower motor from Off to On To verify that the blower motor is the source of the noise unplug the blower motor wire har...

Страница 1511: ...nditioning 2 Drain the cooling system and then disconnect heater hoses 1 See Cooling System Draining Filling in Section 06 Cooling 3 Remove the instrument panel See Instrument Panel Removal Installati...

Страница 1512: ...tions The blower motor will operate whenever the ignition switch is in the ON position and the blower motor control is in any position except Off The blower motor can be accessed for service from unde...

Страница 1513: ...ove the HVAC housing 1 Disconnect the blower motor electrical connector 2 Remove the glove box See Instrument Panel Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 3 Remove the mounting bolts 1 fo...

Страница 1514: ...n 13 38 A C System Recharge 13 38 Compressor 13 39 Description 13 39 Operation 13 39 Removal Installation 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L 13 39 Removal Installation 2 4L 13 41 Evaporator 13 42 Description 13 42 Operat...

Страница 1515: ...system contains refrigerant under high pressure Repairs should only be performed by qualified service personnel Serious or fatal injury may result from improper service procedures If accidental A C sy...

Страница 1516: ...N CAPACITY kg R 134a Refrigerant 0 700 A C Oil Specifications DESCRIPTION CAPACITY ml Compressor 150 Condenser Accumulator Lines 15 Evaporator 30 Special Tools Refrigerant Recovery Recycling Station G...

Страница 1517: ...area for testing 2 Duplicate the complaint conditions as much as possible 3 Turn the A C system On and Off several times to clearly identify any compressor noise 4 Listen to the A C compressor while i...

Страница 1518: ...A C system Refrigerant System Empty 1 Evacuate the refrigerant system to the lowest degree of vacuum possible Determine if the system holds a vac uum for 15 minutes If vacuum is held a leak is probab...

Страница 1519: ...A C System Evacuation and Recharge Connecting Refrigerant Recovery Recycling Station WARNING The A C system is under high pressure use caution when servicing the A C system LTSM130023 13 13 37 Chery...

Страница 1520: ...cuate the refrigerant system 1 With the engine OFF connect a suitable charging station refrigerant recovery machine or a manifold gauge set with vacuum pump and refrigerant recovery equipment Do not o...

Страница 1521: ...tion will result in serious A C compressor damage NOTE The compressor drive hub and the pulley and bearing assembly cannot be serviced separately from the A C com pressor In the event of drive hub or...

Страница 1522: ...rigerant system leak 1 Evacuate the A C system See A C System Evacuation and Recharge in Section 13 Heating Air Conditioning 2 Disconnect the A C compressor electrical connector 3 Remove the engine dr...

Страница 1523: ...See A C System Evacuation and Recharge in Section 13 Heating Air Conditioning 2 Disconnect the A C compressor electrical connector 3 Remove the engine drive belt See Drive Belt Removal Installation in...

Страница 1524: ...ion 13 Heating Air Conditioning 2 Remove the expansion valve 3 Remove the HVAC housing See HVAC Housing Removal and Installation in Section 13 Heating Air Condi tioning 4 Remove the retaining bolts an...

Страница 1525: ...g seals with clean refrigerant oil and install them and new gaskets onto the refriger ant line fittings Use only the specified O rings as they are made of a special material for the R 134a system Use...

Страница 1526: ...ompressor in the vehicle Recharge the A C system See A C System Evacuation and Recharge in Section 13 Heating Air Condition ing Liquid Line Description The A C liquid line connects the A C condenser t...

Страница 1527: ...134a system Use only refrigerant oil of the type recommended for the A C compressor in the vehicle Recharge the A C system See A C System Evacuation and Recharge in Section 13 Heating Air Condition in...

Страница 1528: ...on line assembly from evaporator to compressor 9 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes Lubricate new rubber O ring seals with clean refrigerant oil and install them and ne...

Страница 1529: ...the heater core tubes and fins Air directed through the heater core picks up the heat from the heater core fins The blend air door allows control of the heater output air temperature by regulating th...

Страница 1530: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests 14 11 B1102 Battery Voltage Low 14 11 B1346 Driver Airbag Resistance Too High Or Open 1st Stage 14 16 B1352 Passenger Airbag Resistance Too High Or Open 1st Stage 14...

Страница 1531: ...fety benefit from the supplemental restraint system The supplemental restraint system electrical circuits are continuously monitored and controlled by a microprocessor and software contained within th...

Страница 1532: ...l X 431 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B General Airbag Special Load Tool Resistor Harness For Driver s and Passenger s Front Airbag General Airbag Special Load Tool Dummy Resistor GENERAL INFORMATION...

Страница 1533: ...Electrical Schematics Airbag Control System Page 1 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW140011T 14 4 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1534: ...Airbag Control System Page 2 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW140009T 14 14 5 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1535: ...Airbag Control System Page 3 of 3 GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW140010T 14 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1536: ...r Airbag Lo 2 Driver Seatbelt Pre tensioner Hi 15 3 Front Passenger Seatbelt Pre tensioner Hi 16 4 Front Passenger Seatbelt Pre tensioner Lo 17 5 Ignition Switch 18 6 GND 19 7 Airbag Lamp 20 8 21 9 Di...

Страница 1537: ...l in a new vehicle and test If the DTC cannot be deleted the RCM is malfunctioning If the DTC can be deleted return the RCM to the origi nal vehicle Ground Inspection Ground connections are very impor...

Страница 1538: ...ger Airbag Resistance Too High 1st Stage B1353 Passenger Airbag Resistance Too Low 1st Stage B1354 Passenger Airbag Resistance Circuit Short To Ground 1st Stage B1355 Passenger Airbag Resistance Circu...

Страница 1539: ...Passenger Airbag Deactivation Switch Defect B1650 Crash Record In 1st Stage Only Frontal Replace ECU B1657 Crash Record In Belt Pretensioner Only B1658 Belt Pretensioner 6 Times Deployment B1620 Inte...

Страница 1540: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests B1102 Battery Voltage Low DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140002T 14 14 11 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1541: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140003T 14 12 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1542: ...ing lamp goes out immediately after the warning lamp flashed for 6 7 seconds this indicates that the system is OK If the warning lamp is on for 6 7 seconds continuously then goes out or the warning la...

Страница 1543: ...round connection 2 CHECK RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE RCM ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the Restraints Control Module RCM electrical connector 1 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the elect...

Страница 1544: ...imate 9 0 V Is the check result normal Yes Go to step 6 No Charge or replace the battery 6 CHECK RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE RCM SUPPLY CIRCUIT Measure the resistance between RCM terminal 5 and the batt...

Страница 1545: ...B1346 Driver Airbag Resistance Too High Or Open 1st Stage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140006T 14 16 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1546: ...on switch ON Restraints Control Module RCM detected that the resistance of RCM connector terminals is out of the specification range Driver airbag module Spiral cable Driver airbag module connector Ha...

Страница 1547: ...6 7 seconds this indicates that the system is OK If the warning lamp is on for 6 7 seconds continuously then goes out or the warning lamp is on continuously this indicates that there are history DTCs...

Страница 1548: ...ould not be checked with a multimeter NOTE If the airbag special load tool is not available connect a known good driver airbag module Connect the negative battery cable WARNING To avoid serious or fat...

Страница 1549: ...n the spiral cable electrical connector J 005 terminal side Continuity should exist CHECK CONTINUITY SPIRAL CABLE TERMINAL RCM TERMINAL CONTINUITY 1 10 Yes Check the harness for continuity of the driv...

Страница 1550: ...or J 003 and terminal 1 in the spiral cable electrical connector J 005 terminal side Continuity should exist CHECK CONTINUITY SPIRAL CABLE TERMINAL DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE TERMINAL CONTINUITY 1 1 Yes Che...

Страница 1551: ...broken wires Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related connectors Were any problems found Yes Repair as necessary No Go to...

Страница 1552: ...B1352 Passenger Airbag Resistance Too High Or Open 1st Stage DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140007T 14 14 23 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1553: ...dule RCM detected that the resistance of RCM connector terminals is out of the specification range Passenger airbag module Spiral cable Passenger airbag module connector Harness is open between passen...

Страница 1554: ...e system is OK If the warning lamp is on for 6 7 seconds continuously then goes out or the warning lamp is on continuously this indicates that there are history DTCs in the system Use the Scan Tool to...

Страница 1555: ...atal injury the passenger airbag module should not be check by multimeter NOTE If the airbag special load tool is not available connect a known good passenger airbag module WARNING To avoid serious or...

Страница 1556: ...ector J 002 terminal side Continuity should exist CHECK CONTINUITY FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG TERMINAL RCM TERMINAL CONTINUITY 1 13 Yes Check the harness for continuity of the passenger airbag circuit bet...

Страница 1557: ...broken wires Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related connectors Were any problems found Yes Repair as necessary No Go to...

Страница 1558: ...B2501 Warning Lamp Fault Open DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140008T 14 14 29 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1559: ...u bleshooting in Section 14 Restraints for more information Diagnostic Guide Lines Observe the following guide lines while diagnosing this DTC Troubleshoot any Engine Control Module ECM charging crank...

Страница 1560: ...tch ON Yes Go to the next step No Go to step 4 3 CHECK WARNING LAMP CIRCUITS WARNING To avoid serious or fatal injury turn ignition switch off disconnect the negative battery cable and wait two min ut...

Страница 1561: ...nd erase all RCM DTCs Using the electrical schematic as a guide inspect the following Inspect the wiring and connectors of the related airbag system Look for any chafed pierced pinched or partially br...

Страница 1562: ...B2503 Warning Lamp Fault Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140008T 14 14 33 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1563: ...DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 14 Restraints for more information Diagnostic Guide Lines Observe the following guide lines while diagnosing this DTC Troubleshoot any Engine Control Module ECM chargi...

Страница 1564: ...the ignition ON Yes Go to the next step No Go to step 4 3 CHECK WARNING LAMP CIRCUITS WARNING To avoid serious or fatal injury turn ignition switch off disconnect the negative battery cable and wait...

Страница 1565: ...dule DTC List in Section 14 Restraints With the scan tool record and erase all RCM DTCs Using the electrical schematic as a guide inspect the following Inspect the wiring and connectors of the related...

Страница 1566: ...B2504 Warning Lamp Fault Short To Battery DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140008T 14 14 37 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1567: ...TC Trou bleshooting in Section 14 Restraints for more information Diagnostic Guide Lines Observe the following guide lines while diagnosing this DTC Troubleshoot any Engine Control Module ECM charging...

Страница 1568: ...See Restraints Control Module RCM Removal Instal lation in Section 14 Restraints Disconnect the instrument cluster electrical connec tor Disconnect the front fuse and relay box electrical connector B1...

Страница 1569: ...broken wires Look for broken bent pushed out or corroded terminals Verify that there is good pin to terminal contact in the related connectors Were any problems found Yes Repair as necessary No Go to...

Страница 1570: ...B1620 Internal Fault Replace ECU DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140002T 14 14 41 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1571: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW140003T 14 42 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1572: ...tem is OK If the warning lamp is on for 6 7 seconds continuously then goes out or the warning lamp is on continuously this indicates that there are history DTCs in the system Use the Scan Tool to eras...

Страница 1573: ...See Ground Inspection in Section 14 Restraints for more information Inspect the ground connection C 201 mounting position See Vehicle Wiring Harness Layout Main Harness in Section 16 Wiring Is the gr...

Страница 1574: ...Is the voltage less than 9 V Yes Go to step 5 No Replace the RCM 5 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read RCM DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC B1620 still present Yes Replace the RCM N...

Страница 1575: ...correct fasteners provided in the service package or fasteners listed in the parts books 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable 3 Wait two minutes for the system...

Страница 1576: ...g system reserve capacitor to discharge before beginning any airbag system or component service Failure to do so may result in accidental airbag development serious or fatal injury See Airbag System D...

Страница 1577: ...er side airbag mounting bolts to 10 N m 5 Disconnect the front passenger side airbag squib electrical connector 6 Remove the front passenger side airbag from the vehicle 7 Installation is in the rever...

Страница 1578: ...ag development serious or fatal injury See Airbag System Disarming Procedure in Section 14 Restraints 3 Remove the center console See Center Console Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories...

Страница 1579: ...ifications 14 51 Special Tools 14 51 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 14 52 Front Seat Belt and Pre Tensioner 14 52 Removal Installation 14 52 Seat Belt Slider Track 14 53 Removal Installation 14 53 Rear Seat Belt...

Страница 1580: ...e passive restraints are referred to as a supplemental restraint system because they were designed and are intended to enhance the protection for the occupants of the vehicle only when used in conjunc...

Страница 1581: ...l Installation 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the seat belt upper mounting bolt 1 4 Remove the seat belt lower mounting bolt 1 5 Remove the B pillar lower tri...

Страница 1582: ...Remove the front seat belt and pre tensioner 8 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Seat Belt Slider Track Removal Installation 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Remove the seat belt upper mountin...

Страница 1583: ...der of the removal Rear Seat Belt and Pre Tensioner Removal Installation 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Remove the rear seat belt mounting bolts 1 Tighten Rear seat belt mounting bolts to 50 N m 3 Remove t...

Страница 1584: ...4 Remove the pre tensioner mounting bolt 1 and screw 2 5 Remove the pre tensioner 6 Installation is in the reverse order of the removal ON VEHICLE SERVICE LTSM140004 14 14 55 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1585: ...late 15 14 Removal Installation 15 14 Pedal Pad 15 14 Removal Installation 15 14 Sun Visor 15 14 Removal Installation 15 14 Headliner 15 15 Removal Installation 15 15 CAN VEHICLE COMMUNICATIONS 15 16...

Страница 1586: ...1 Removal Installation 15 91 Key Hole Lamp 15 92 Removal Installation 15 92 POWER OUTLET 15 93 Description 15 93 Operation 15 93 Electrical Schematics 15 94 Removal Installation 15 95 POWER WINDOW 15...

Страница 1587: ...elay External Line Short Circuit To Battery 15 126 B3055 No Transponder Modulation Or No Transponder B3056 No Transponder Fixed Code Programmed 15 132 B3060 Unprogrammed Transponder Fixed Code Receive...

Страница 1588: ...ment The system uses an ignition switched source of battery current so that the system will operate when the ignition switch is in the LOCK ACC ON positions The system will also operate in the OFF pos...

Страница 1589: ...Electrical Schematics Audio System Page 1 of 3 AUDIO SYSTEM LTSMW150001T 15 15 5 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1590: ...Audio System Page 2 of 3 AUDIO SYSTEM LTSMW150002T 15 6 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1591: ...Audio System Page 3 of 3 AUDIO SYSTEM LTSMW150085T 15 15 7 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1592: ...corner of the radio trim cover with a trim stick and remove the radio trim cover 2 Remove the radio mounting bolts 1 from the radio Tighten Radio mounting bolts to 9 3 N m AUDIO SYSTEM LTSM150070 LTS...

Страница 1593: ...r Removal Installation 1 Remove the passenger seat 2 Remove the CD changer 4 mounting bolts 1 Tighten CD changer mounting bolts to 9 3 N m 3 Disconnect the CD changer electrical connector 2 4 Remove t...

Страница 1594: ...egative battery cable 2 Pull the rear edge of the headliner down 3 Disconnect the antenna electrical connector 4 Remove the antenna mounting nut 1 5 Installation in the reverse order of removal AUDIO...

Страница 1595: ...val Installation Notes The A pillar trim panel retaining clips should be installed to allow the trim panel to fit tightly between the head liner and the weatherstrip B Pillar Lower Trim Panel Removal...

Страница 1596: ...of removal C Pillar Lower Trim Panel Removal Installation 1 Remove the rear seat belt mounting bolt 2 2 Remove the mounting screws 1 under the panel 3 Remove the storage box 4 Disconnect the power out...

Страница 1597: ...stick remove the C Pillar upper trim panel 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Assist Handle Removal Installation 1 Remove the assist handle mounting screws trim cover from the assist h...

Страница 1598: ...lation is in the reverse order of removal Pedal Pad Removal Installation 1 Remove the pedal pad mounting screws 2 Remove the pedal pad 3 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Sun Visor Remov...

Страница 1599: ...n in Section 15 Body Accessories 2 Remove the courtesy lamps 3 Remove the air discharge cover 4 Remove the trim panels from the A B and C pillars 5 Pry the headliner retainer clips from the mounting b...

Страница 1600: ...r Operation The CAN network uses a twisted pair of circuits to transmit data and data The data and the data circuits are each regulated to approximately 2 5 volts during neutral or rested network traf...

Страница 1601: ...Electrical Schematics CAN Vehicle Communications Page 1 of 2 CAN VEHICLE COMMUNICATIONS LTSMW150031T 15 15 17 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1602: ...CAN Vehicle Communications Page 2 of 2 LTSMW150032T 15 18 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1603: ...r condition Operation The Instrument Cluster IC uses hard wired inputs from various sensors and switches to activate the chime The sensors and switches are located throughout the vehicle The following...

Страница 1604: ...Electrical Schematics Chime Page 1 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150068T 15 20 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1605: ...Chime Page 2 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150069T 15 15 21 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1606: ...Chime Page 3 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150070T 15 22 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1607: ...Chime Page 4 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150071T 15 15 23 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1608: ...Chime Page 5 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150072T 15 24 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1609: ...Chime Page 6 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150073T 15 15 25 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1610: ...Chime Page 7 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150074T 15 26 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1611: ...Chime Page 8 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150075T 15 15 27 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1612: ...Chime Page 9 of 9 CHIME LTSMW150076T 15 28 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1613: ...e front door trim panel The power door locks can also be operated by the Remote Keyless Entry RKE trans mitter Operation The power lock system receives non switched battery current so that the power l...

Страница 1614: ...Electrical Schematics Power Door Lock System Page 1 of 5 DOOR LOCKS LTSMW150051T 15 30 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1615: ...Power Door Lock System Page 2 of 5 DOOR LOCKS LTSMW150052T 15 15 31 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1616: ...Power Door Lock System Page 3 of 5 DOOR LOCKS LTSMW150053T 15 32 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1617: ...Power Door Lock System Page 4 of 5 DOOR LOCKS LTSMW150054T 15 15 33 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1618: ...Power Door Lock System Page 5 of 5 DOOR LOCKS LTSMW150055T 15 34 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1619: ...rical connectors 5 Remove the power window and door lock unlock switch retaining screws to remove the power window and door lock unlock switch 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Door Lo...

Страница 1620: ...trim panel clips from the door 8 Disconnect the power window switch and the door lamp electrical connector 9 Remove the door trim panel 10 Disconnect the speaker connector 1 11 Remove the inner door...

Страница 1621: ...ection 1 Using the following table apply battery voltage to the specified connector terminals 2 Verify that the door lock assembly operates in the lock and unlock position when voltage is applied to t...

Страница 1622: ...The sensors and switches are located throughout the vehicle The following components are inputs to the BCM Key switch Rear defroster switch Hazard lamp switch Power window switches Power door lock swi...

Страница 1623: ...Electrical Schematics Body Control Module Page 1 of 5 BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM LTSMW150056T 15 15 39 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1624: ...Body Control Module Page 2 of 5 BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM LTSMW150057T 15 40 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1625: ...Body Control Module Page 3 of 5 BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM LTSMW150058T 15 15 41 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1626: ...Body Control Module Page 4 of 5 BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM LTSMW150059T 15 42 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1627: ...Body Control Module Page 5 of 5 BODY CONTROL MODULE BCM LTSMW150060T 15 15 43 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1628: ...glove box mounting bolts 1 3 Remove the BCM and ECM mounting bracket retaining bolts 4 Remove the BCM mounting bolts 1 Tighten BCM mounting bolts to 5 N m 5 Disconnect the BCM electrical connector 2 6...

Страница 1629: ...ove the instrument cluster See Instrument Cluster Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accesso ries 4 Remove the radio See Radio Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 5 Remove the HVA...

Страница 1630: ...7 Remove the glove box retaining bolts 1 8 Remove the bolts 1 under the glove box INSTRUMENT PANEL LTSM150086 LTSM150087 15 46 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1631: ...knee bolster mounting screws 1 10 Remove the knee bolster 1 from the instrument panel 11 Remove the left trim cover of the instrument panel INSTRUMENT PANEL LTSM150088 LTSM150089 15 15 47 Chery Autom...

Страница 1632: ...left instrument panel mounting bolt 1 13 Remove the right trim cover of the instrument panel 14 Remove the right instrument panel mounting bolt 1 INSTRUMENT PANEL LTSM150090 LTSM150091 15 48 Chery Aut...

Страница 1633: ...A Pillar Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 17 Remove the lower console See Lower Console Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 18 Carefully remove the instrument panel...

Страница 1634: ...val Installation 1 Gently pry the gearshift knob bezel off of the con sole cover 2 Remove the console mounting bolts 1 under the gearshift knob bezel INSTRUMENT PANEL LTSM150093 LTSM150094 15 50 Chery...

Страница 1635: ...he storage box 4 Remove the bolts 1 under the rubber cushion 5 Remove the lower console 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal INSTRUMENT PANEL LTSM150095 LTSM150096 15 15 51 Chery Automobi...

Страница 1636: ...e Engine Control Module ECM Fuel Gauge The IC displays the amount of fuel in the fuel tank as determined by the fuel level sensor 1 Tachometer 2 Maintenance Indicator Light 3 Cruise Indicator Light 4...

Страница 1637: ...fications DESCRIPTION TORQUE N m Instrument Cluster Bezel Fasteners 2 Instrument Cluster Fasteners 9 Special Tools Diagnostic Scan Tool X 431 Digital Multimeter Fluke 15B 17B INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 15 15...

Страница 1638: ...Electrical Schematics Instrument Cluster Page 1 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150100T 15 54 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1639: ...Instrument Cluster Page 2 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150101T 15 15 55 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1640: ...Instrument Cluster Page 3 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150102T 15 56 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1641: ...Instrument Cluster Page 4 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150103T 15 15 57 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1642: ...Instrument Cluster Page 5 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150104T 15 58 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1643: ...Instrument Cluster Page 6 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150105T 15 15 59 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1644: ...Instrument Cluster Page 7 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150106T 15 60 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1645: ...Instrument Cluster Page 8 of 8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LTSMW150107T 15 15 61 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1646: ...ne 2 With MITSUBISHI Engine 8 Cruise Lamp 40 N A With ACTECO Engine 1 With MITSUBISHI Engine 9 Low Oil Pressure Lamp 41 10 Speed Input 42 Rear Fog Lamp 11 Continuous Supply Voltage 43 12 Illumination...

Страница 1647: ...PIN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION PIN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION 30 62 31 Fuel Consumption Input 63 32 64 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 15 15 63 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1648: ...king for an interrupted signal on the affected circuit If possible try to duplicate the conditions under which the DTC set Look for the data to change or for the DTC to reset during the wiggle test Lo...

Страница 1649: ...DTC DTC DEFINITION U0303 Fuel Sensor O C or Shorted To Supply U0303 Fuel Sensor Shorted To Ground U040F Temperature Sensor O C or Shorted To Supply U040F Temperature Sensor Shorted To Ground U029C Bat...

Страница 1650: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests U029C Battery Over Voltage Error U029C Battery Under Voltage Error DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150037T 15 66 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1651: ...DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150038T 15 15 67 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1652: ...ailable Turn ignition switch on select view record and erase DTC Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature Select view DTC and data stream If the DTC is detected the condition is...

Страница 1653: ...the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical connector OK Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 3 CHECK INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IC POWER SUPPLY Turn ig...

Страница 1654: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Charge or replace the battery 6 CHECK INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IC SUPPLY CIRCUIT Disconnect the battery negative cable Disconnect the battery positive cabl...

Страница 1655: ...TCs Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is the DTC U029C still present Yes Replace IC No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and verify the customers complaint is repaired DIAG...

Страница 1656: ...40F Temperature Sensor Shorted To Supply U040F Temperature Sensor Shorted To Ground With Mitsubishi 2 4L Engine System Instrument Cluster IC DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150039T 15 72 Chery Automobile Co Lt...

Страница 1657: ...ent cluster DTC Confirmation Procedure Before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Co...

Страница 1658: ...NT CLUSTER ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the coolant temperature sensor for instrument cluster 1 electrical connector E 084 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is th...

Страница 1659: ...E SENSOR FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TERMINAL GROUND 1 Ground Check the coolant temperature sensor circuit for resistance COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TERMINAL IC TERMINAL CONTINUITY 1...

Страница 1660: ...th the scan tool view active DTCs and data stream in the IC If the DTC U040F is not present the system is now normal If the DTC U040F is present go to the next step No The system is now operating prop...

Страница 1661: ...ctor DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on and record and erase DTC Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature Select view DTC and data stream If the...

Страница 1662: ...strument Cluster IC supply voltage circuit and ground circuits for open high resistance or short circuits Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair the circuit for an open or short...

Страница 1663: ...U0303 Fuel Sensor Open Circuit Or Shorted To Supply U0303 Fuel Sensor Short To Ground DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150040T 15 15 79 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1664: ...procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switc...

Страница 1665: ...VEL SENSOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the fuel level sensor and fuel pump assembly electrical connector 3 Inspect the electrical connector for damage Is the electrical co...

Страница 1666: ...s Continuity should exist Check the harness for a short to power Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the fuel level sensor supply circuit as necessary 5 CHECK FUEL...

Страница 1667: ...3 1 2 28 89 3 3 4 39 5 62 3 FULL 51 40 3 Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the fuel level sensor 7 CHECK DTC With the X 431 scan tool read IC DTCs Refer to DTC Confirmation...

Страница 1668: ...ly remove the instrument cluster trim panel 3 Remove the instrument cluster screws 1 Tighten Instrument cluster screws to 5 N m 4 Disconnect the instrument cluster electrical connector 5 Remove the in...

Страница 1669: ...Console Power Socket Illumination Door Mirror Remote Control Switch Main Power Window And Door Lock Unlock Switch Front Power Window Switch RH Rear Power Window Switch LH Rear Power Window Switch RH...

Страница 1670: ...Electrical Schematics Interior Lamps Page 1 of 5 INTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150061T 15 86 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1671: ...Interior Lamps Page 2 of 5 INTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150062T 15 15 87 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1672: ...Interior Lamps Page 3 of 5 INTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150063T 15 88 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1673: ...Interior Lamps Page 4 of 5 INTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150064T 15 15 89 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1674: ...Interior Lamps Page 5 of 5 INTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150086T 15 90 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1675: ...screws 1 3 Carefully remove the front room lamp and disconnect the electrical connector 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Middle Rear Courtesy Dome Lamp Removal Installation 1 Careful...

Страница 1676: ...e order of removal Key Hole Lamp Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch off 3 Remove the steering column shroud retaining screws 1 4 Disconnect the key...

Страница 1677: ...ole which is for the cigarette lighter The other is located on the left lower C pillar trim panel CAUTION This power outlet is designed for 12 V 120W only Do not use any type of accessory above this r...

Страница 1678: ...Electrical Schematics Power Outlet Page 1 of 1 POWER OUTLET LTSMW150005T 15 94 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1679: ...Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the power outlet 1 3 Disconnect the power outlet electrical connector 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal POWER OUTLET LTSM150099 15 15 95...

Страница 1680: ...he power window switches on the driver door trim panel front passenger door and rear doors and the power window motors Operation The front and rear power window motors are permanent magnet type A batt...

Страница 1681: ...Electrical Schematics Power Window System Page 1 of 3 POWER WINDOW LTSMW150046T 15 15 97 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1682: ...Power Window System Page 2 of 3 POWER WINDOW LTSMW150047T 15 98 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1683: ...Power Window System Page 3 of 3 POWER WINDOW LTSMW150048T 15 15 99 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1684: ...ck unlock switch electrical connectors 5 Remove the power window and door lock unlock switch retaining screws to remove the power window and door lock unlock switch 6 Installation is in the reverse or...

Страница 1685: ...rim panel clips from the door 7 Disconnect the power window switch and the door lamp electrical connector 8 Remove the door trim panel 9 Disconnect the speaker connector 1 10 Remove the inner door han...

Страница 1686: ...the mounting bolts The door glass may drop and be damaged 17 Remove the door glass weatherstrip 1 18 Lift the door glass and remove the door glass from the door NOTE Take care not to damage the door g...

Страница 1687: ...ge is applied in each direction 3 If the test results are not as specified replace the motor MEASURING CONDITION OPERATIONAL DIRECTION INSPECTION DIAGRAM Battery positive to terminal 1 Battery negativ...

Страница 1688: ...of the seat near the floor Pull the bar upward and slide the seat forward or rearward Release the bar once the seat is in the desired position To confirm the seat is locked into place attempt to move...

Страница 1689: ...Electrical Schematics Heated Seat Page 1 of 1 SEATS LTSMW150004T 15 15 105 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1690: ...e seat to the furthest forward position and remove the protective cover from the seat guide rail 2 Remove the guide rail mounting bolts 1 Tighten Guide rail mounting bolts to 32 N m SEATS LTSM150065 L...

Страница 1691: ...l mounting bolts 1 5 Disconnect seat heating element electrical connec tor and remove the front seat 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Rear Seats Removal Installation 1 Open the back d...

Страница 1692: ...separate the back of the seat from the clamp rod 4 Pull up the seat strap behind the seat and unlock the latch in front of the seat 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal SEATS LTSM150068 1...

Страница 1693: ...tion is in the reverse order of removal Heated Seat Element Removal Installation 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the appropriate seat cushion 3 Disconnect the inoperative heated seat...

Страница 1694: ...s inserted into the ignition switch Operation When an incorrect key is inserted into the ignition switch the vehicle security system senses the incorrect key and sends a signal to the Immobilizer cont...

Страница 1695: ...Electrical Schematics Immobilizer Control Module Page 1 of 1 IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE LTSMW150081T 15 15 111 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1696: ...le PIN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION PIN CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION 1 Continuous Supply Voltage 7 Diagnostic Link K 2 GND 8 W Line 3 9 Coil GND 4 Ignition Switch 10 Coil ANT B 5 R Line 11 Coil ANT A 6 IMMOBILIZE...

Страница 1697: ...ushed out or corroded terminals Inspect the sensor and mounting area for any condition that would result in an incorrect signal such as dam age or foreign material A data recorder and or oscilloscope...

Страница 1698: ...cuit DWA Line Malfunction B3048 DWA Line Short Circuit To Battery B3050 Relay Extern Line Short Circuit To Ground Or Open Circuit Relay Extern Line Malfunction B3053 Relay Extern Line Short Circuit To...

Страница 1699: ...the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair or replace the ignition lock cylinder key switch 3 PERFORM THE RKE TRANSMITTER MATCH PROCEDURE Close all the doors Insert the ignition key in...

Страница 1700: ...lect Remoter Match Press the lock button on the RKE transmitter for less than 2 seconds Pull out the ignition switch Try to operate the RKE transmitter Does the RKE transmitter operate properly Yes Er...

Страница 1701: ...Diagnostic Trouble Code DTC Tests B1000 ECU Defect Internal Errors DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150081T 15 15 117 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1702: ...is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic Help and Intermittent DTC Trou bleshooting in Section 15 Body Accessories for m...

Страница 1703: ...odule Refer to DTC B3077 Diagnostic Procedure No For DTC B3050 go to the next step For DTC B3053 go to the step 6 4 CHECK IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Turn ignition switch off Disco...

Страница 1704: ...pin 11 and pin 10 IMMOBILIZER COIL TERMINAL IMMOBILIZER COIL TERMINAL CONTINUITY 9 10 Not 11 10 Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the Immobilizer coil 6 CHECK DTC With the...

Страница 1705: ...B3042 W Line Short Circuit To Ground B3043 W Line Short Circuit To Battery Immobilizer Control Module DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150081T 15 15 121 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1706: ...ve DTCs in the Immobilizer control module If the DTC is detected the condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is intermittent See Diagnostic...

Страница 1707: ...next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 4 CHECK IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR Disconnect the Immobilizer control module electrical connectors C 025 and C...

Страница 1708: ...NTROL MODULE TERMINAL TERMINAL RESULT 8 Ground 12 V should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Repair the circuits fault as necessary 6 REPLACE AND PROGRAM THE IMMOBILIZER...

Страница 1709: ...in the ECM Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC B3042 or B3043 still present Yes Replace and program ECM No The system is now operating properly Reassemble the vehicle and verify the customers c...

Страница 1710: ...Relay External Line Short Circuit To Ground Or Open Circuit Relay External Line Malfunction B3053 Relay External Line Short Circuit To Battery DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150081T 15 126 Chery Automobile C...

Страница 1711: ...onfirm that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn ignition switch on with t...

Страница 1712: ...ew DTCs in the Immobilizer control module Refer to DTC confirmation procedure Is DTC B3050 or B3053 present Yes Go to the next step No The condition that caused the DTC to set is currently not present...

Страница 1713: ...DTC B3077 Diagnostic Procedure No For DTC B3050 go to the next step For DTC B3053 go to the step 6 5 CHECK IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the nega...

Страница 1714: ...ROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch off Disconnect the negative battery cable Disconnect the body fuse and relay box electrical connector A Check the resistance between Immobilizer co...

Страница 1715: ...ed components 8 REPLACE AND PROGRAM THE IMMOBILIZER CONTROL MODULE With the X 431 scan tool view active DTCs in the Immobilizer control module Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure Is DTC B3050 or B3053...

Страница 1716: ...B3055 No Transponder Modulation Or No Transponder B3056 No Transponder Fixed Code Programmed DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150081T 15 132 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1717: ...th the scan tool view active DTCs in the Immobilizer control module If the DTC is detected the condition is current Go to Diagnostic Procedure Step 1 If the DTC is not detected the DTC condition is in...

Страница 1718: ...es Go to the next step No Repair or replace the electrical connector as necessary 4 CHECK IMMOBILIZER COIL Check the resistance of the Immobilizer coil between the Immobilizer coil connector C 026 pin...

Страница 1719: ...r C 026 pin 11 and pin 10 IMMOBILIZER COIL TERMINAL IMMOBILIZER COIL TERMINAL CONTINUITY 9 10 Not 11 10 Continuity should not exist Is the check result normal Yes Go to the next step No Replace the Im...

Страница 1720: ...izer adapt Choose Key learning immediately Click OK Try to start the engine Is the warning light flashing and DTC B3055 present Yes Go to the next step No No problem found at this time This concern ma...

Страница 1721: ...in the Immobilizer control module Is the warning light flashing and DTC B3055 or B3056 still present Yes Replace and match the Immobilizer control module This concern may have been caused by Immobi li...

Страница 1722: ...programmed Transponder Fixed Code Received B3061 Disturbed Or No Challenge Response Transponder Communication B3077 Read Only Transponder Detected DIAGNOSIS TESTING LTSMW150081T 15 138 Chery Automobil...

Страница 1723: ...m that battery voltage is more than 12 V Turn ignition switch off Connect the X 431 scan tool to the Data Link Connector DLC use the most current software available Turn the ignition switch on with th...

Страница 1724: ...1 go to the next step For DTC B3077 go to step 6 No The condition that caused the DTC is currently not present Monitor the scan tool data relative to this circuit while wiggle testing the wiring and c...

Страница 1725: ...next step No Replace the Immobilizer coil 5 CHECK IMMOBILIZER COIL Check the resistance between the Immobilizer coil connector C 026 pin 9 and pin 10 Check the resistance between the Immobilizer coil...

Страница 1726: ...oose Key learning immediately Click OK Try to start the engine With the X 431 scan tool view active DTCs in the Immobilizer control module Is DTC B3060 B3061 or B3077 present Yes Go to the next step N...

Страница 1727: ...077 present Yes Go to the next step No No problem found at this time This concern may have been caused by the Immobilizer control module fault Erase all codes before returning the vehicle to the custo...

Страница 1728: ...n is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes NOTE The Immobilizer control module must be matched to the ECM before the vehicle will start Matching Engine Control Module ECM To New Immobiliz...

Страница 1729: ...tics 15 179 Front Combination Lamp Assembly 15 189 Removal Installation 15 189 Headlamp Adjustment Procedure 15 190 Rear Combination Lamp Assembly 15 190 Removal Installation 15 190 Headlamp 15 191 Re...

Страница 1730: ...nroof Sun Visor 15 229 Removal Installation 15 229 Sunroof Motor 15 230 Removal Installation 15 230 Sunroof Control Module 15 230 Removal Installation 15 230 WEATHERSTRIP 15 231 Front Door Weatherstri...

Страница 1731: ...r the badly damaged areas before taking measurements for underbody alignment Monitor the upper body structure for excessive stress or movement while making any corrections to the under body structure...

Страница 1732: ...Front Body Structure Dimension of Engine Compartment Units mm BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150032 15 148 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1733: ...Openings Dimension of body Left Right Uppercase letters indicate the right side of the body lowercase letters indicate the left side of the body Rear view BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150002 15 15 149 Chery A...

Страница 1734: ...BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150003 15 150 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1735: ...Front Structure Dimension of Front Structure Units mm Body dimension Left Right BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150001 15 15 151 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1736: ...fender EH 736 1 Center distance between the upper cover hole of the lower beam of front windshield and the installation hole of front fender S N CONTROL DIMENSION mm DESCRIPTION FH 270 7 Center distan...

Страница 1737: ...Frame Body Frame Dimensions Units mm BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150004 15 15 153 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1738: ...Vehicle Clearance Front View BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150005 15 154 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1739: ...velness Cross section A3 A3 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section A4 A4 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section A5 A5 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Hood 2...

Страница 1740: ...A6 A6 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section A7 A7 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Hood 2 Cover 1 Hood 2 Front Bumper BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150009 LTSM150010 15 156 Chery Auto...

Страница 1741: ...Body Side View BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150011 15 15 157 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1742: ...H should be evenly changed from 1 to 0 The levelness from point K to J should be evenly changed from 0 to 1 The tolerance of clearance between front and back doors at MN NP sections should be within...

Страница 1743: ...ion B4 B4 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section B5 B5 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Front Door 2 Fender 1 Front Rear Door 2 Side Wall 1 Front Door 2 Back Door BODY DIMENS...

Страница 1744: ...n B7 B7 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section B8 B8 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Front Door 2 Back Door 1 Back Door 2 Side Wall 1 Rear Triangle Window 2 Back Door BODY D...

Страница 1745: ...tion C1 C1 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section C2 C2 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 External Plate Of Side Wall 1 Fender 2 Front Bumper 1 Fender 2 Side Wall BODY DIMENSI...

Страница 1746: ...C4 C4 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section C5 C5 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Side Wall 2 Rear Bumper 1 Side Wall 2 Rear Headlight 1 Fuel Tank Cover 2 Side Wall BODY D...

Страница 1747: ...Rear View BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150026 15 15 163 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1748: ...D2 D2 requirements for clearance and levelness Cross section D3 D3 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Rear Back Door 2 Head Cover 1 Rear Back Door 2 Side Wall 1 Rear Back Door 2 Side Wall BODY...

Страница 1749: ...e and levelness Cross section D5 D5 requirements for clearance and levelness 1 Rear Back Door 2 Rear Headlight 1 Right Section Of Rear Bumper 2 Middle Section Of Rear Bumper BODY DIMENSIONS LTSM150030...

Страница 1750: ...mper mounting bolts 1 3 Remove the front bumper side mounting bolts and the connecting bolts 3 from the front wheel house 4 Raise the vehicle and remove the mounting bolts 2 under the front bumper 5 D...

Страница 1751: ...Left Right Rear Door Lower Hinge to Body Bolts 36 4 Left Right Rear Door Lower Hinge to Door Bolts 36 4 Back Door Upper Hinge to Body Bolts 36 4 Back Door Upper Hinge to Door Bolts 50 5 Back Door Low...

Страница 1752: ...ront door 3 Remove the mounting bolts 1 from the front door hinge 4 Remove the front door assembly 5 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Disassembly 1 Turn the ignition switch off 2 Using...

Страница 1753: ...r trim panel clips from the door 7 Disconnect the power window switch and the door lamp electrical connector 8 Remove the door trim panel 9 Disconnect the speaker connector 1 10 Remove the inner door...

Страница 1754: ...oor glass may drop and be damaged 17 Remove the door glass weatherstrip 1 18 Lift the door glass and remove the door glass from the door NOTE Take care not to damage the door glass 19 Disconnect the p...

Страница 1755: ...hten Lock buckle screws to 12 2 N m 26 Remove the front door outside handle 27 Remove the front door panel and then the protec tive film 28 Pry up on the cover 1 of the outside handle 29 Remove the mo...

Страница 1756: ...velness when measured with a magnet should be 0 0 5 mm 2 Install the bolts Part Number T11 6101103 2 pcs both upper and lower into the body for 2 3 turns tighten with pneumatic wrench Torque 35 3 N m...

Страница 1757: ...o remove the bezel for the inside door handle 2 Pry out the window regulator switch and pull out the electrical harness 3 Remove the door trim panel 4 Remove the mounting bolts for the inside door han...

Страница 1758: ...uge The gap between the rear door and the trian gle window should be 8 1 5 mm The gap between the rear door and the side fender should be 6 1 mm The gap between the rear door and the door sill should...

Страница 1759: ...ical connector 3 Remove the two mounting bolts 1 of the back cargo door stopper on body Tighten Bolts connecting the back cargo door stopper bracket and body to 27 N m 4 Remove the back cargo door 5 I...

Страница 1760: ...ck cargo door 7 Remove the back cargo door lock 8 Pull out the connector for the wiring harness 9 Remove the lock 10 Remove the high mounted stop lamp assembly 1 11 Remove the rear fog lamp assembly 1...

Страница 1761: ...when measured with a magnet should be 0 0 5 mm 2 Install the nuts Part Number T11 6301011 2 pcs both upper and lower into the body for 2 3 turns tighten with pneumatic wrench Torque 50 3 N m Check fo...

Страница 1762: ...signal right and left The BCM then activates the hazard indicator and audible buzzer Fog Lamp When the front rear fog lamp switch is in the ON position and also the light switch is in the 1st or 2nd p...

Страница 1763: ...Electrical Schematics Headlamp Aiming System Page 1 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150015T 15 15 179 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1764: ...Headlamp Aiming System Page 2 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150016T 15 180 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1765: ...Parking License Plate and Tail Lamps Page 1 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150018T 15 15 181 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1766: ...Parking License Plate and Tail Lamps Page 2 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150019T 15 182 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1767: ...Fog Lamps Page 1 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150020T 15 15 183 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1768: ...Fog Lamps Page 2 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150021T 15 184 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1769: ...Side Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps Page 1 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150022T 15 15 185 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1770: ...Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps Page 2 of 2 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150023T 15 186 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1771: ...Stop Lamps Page 1 of 1 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150017T 15 15 187 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1772: ...Backup Lamp Page 1 of 1 EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSMW150024T 15 188 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1773: ...ion lamp 4 Remove the three front combination lamp assem bly mounting bolts 1 5 Carefully remove the front combination lamp assembly 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal 1 Turn Signal Lam...

Страница 1774: ...eadlights are working properly 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface approximately 10 meters from the vertical wall or screen directly in front of it NOTE The vertical wall or screen must be a minimum...

Страница 1775: ...n lamp assembly See Front Combination Lamp Assembly Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 2 Remove the headlamp bulb cover 3 Disconnect the headlamp bulb electrical connector 4 Remove th...

Страница 1776: ...7 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Front Fog Lamp Removal Installation 1 Remove the front bumper See Front Bumper Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 2 Disconnect the fo...

Страница 1777: ...moval Installation 1 Remove the cover of the back cargo door 2 Remove the rear fog lamp mounting screws 1 3 Remove the rear fog lamp 4 Disconnect the electrical connector for the rear fog lamp 5 Insta...

Страница 1778: ...2 Use a trim stick and remove the internal protective cover 1 3 Remove the bulbs for tail backup stop lamps by hand through the access hole 4 Replace the bulb with a new bulb as needed 5 Installation...

Страница 1779: ...ombination Lamp Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 2 Replace the front turn signal lamp bulb 1 3 Remove the rear combination lamp See Rear Combination Lamp Removal Installation in Sec...

Страница 1780: ...back and remove the lamp slowly 6 Disconnect the side turn signal lamp connector 1 7 Remove the side turn signal lamp assembly 8 Replace the bulb with a new bulb as needed 9 Installation is in the re...

Страница 1781: ...ed stop lamp 4 Remove the high mounted stop lamp assembly 5 Replace the bulb with a new bulb as needed 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal License Plate Lamp Removal Installation 1 Press...

Страница 1782: ...3 Replace the bulb with a new bulb 1 as needed 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal EXTERIOR LAMPS LTSM150145 15 198 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1783: ...FENDER Front Fender Removal Installation 1 Remove the mounting bolts 1 as shown 2 Remove the front fender 3 Installation is in the reverse order of removal LTSM150083 15 15 199 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1784: ...Installation 1 Open the fuel door 2 Remove the two fuel door retaining bolts 1 Tighten Fuel door bolts to 5 N m 3 Remove the fuel door 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal LTSM150128 15...

Страница 1785: ...lle Removal Installation 1 Open the hood 2 Remove the radiator grille mounting bolts 1 3 Remove the radiator grille 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal LTSM150105 15 15 201 Chery Automob...

Страница 1786: ...erall levelness when measured with a magnet should be 0 0 5 mm 2 Install the nuts Part Number Q1400820 2 pcs both upper and lower into the body for 2 3 turns tighten with pneumatic wrench Torque 30 4...

Страница 1787: ...Remove the lining of the left fender See Fender Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 3 Remove the radiator support See Radiator Support Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessor...

Страница 1788: ...e Rack Removal Installation 1 Remove the luggage rack bolt cover and then remove the mounting bolts 1 2 Remove the luggage rack 3 Installation is in the reverse order of removal LTSM150104 15 204 Cher...

Страница 1789: ...he spare tire cover 2 Using special tool remove the spare tire mounting nuts 1 and then remove the spare tire 3 Remove the spare tire support mounting bolts 1 and then remove the spare tire support 4...

Страница 1790: ...horn system includes the following components Horn The horns are located inside the left front bumper Horn Switch The horn switch is located under the driver airbag Operation The horn system circuit...

Страница 1791: ...Electrical Schematics Horn Page 1 of 1 HORN LTSMW150003T 15 15 207 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1792: ...Disconnect the horn electrical connector 3 Remove the horn mounting nut 1 Tighten Horn mounting nut to 8 N m 4 Remove the horn 5 Remove the other horn like this horn 6 Installation is in the reverse...

Страница 1793: ...ght Left directions The heated mirror system is controlled by the Body Control Module BCM When there is water vapor on the mirrors the heated mirrors will eliminate the water vapor Operation Use the m...

Страница 1794: ...Electrical Schematics Power Mirrors Page 1 of 2 MIRRORS LTSMW150007T 15 210 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1795: ...Power Mirrors Page 2 of 2 MIRRORS LTSMW150008T 15 15 211 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1796: ...Heated Mirrors Page 1 of 2 MIRRORS LTSMW150009T 15 212 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1797: ...Heated Mirrors Page 2 of 2 MIRRORS LTSMW150010T 15 15 213 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1798: ...mirror retaining bolts 1 4 Disconnect the outside mirror electrical connector 2 5 Remove the outside mirror assembly 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Installation Notes If replacing...

Страница 1799: ...Paint Codes Paint Codes NUMBER COLOR ITEM CODE 1 Nasdaq Silver KH 2 Wolfsburg Gray GF 3 Chery White BK 4 Ochre Red DS 5 Margeret Blue HW 6 Magic Black CB 7 Wild Green FJ 15 15 215 Chery Automobile Co...

Страница 1800: ...tallation 1 Remove the radiator support lever retaining bolts 1 2 Remove the radiator support mounting bolts 1 3 Loosen the hood release cable 4 Installation is in the reverse order of removal LTSM060...

Страница 1801: ...STATIONARY GLASS Description The stationary glass is comprised of the following Front Windshield Rear Window Rear Window Defogger 15 15 217 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1802: ...Electrical Schematics Rear Window Defogger Page 1 of 1 STATIONARY GLASS LTSMW150011T 15 218 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1803: ...ass 3 Pull the piano wire around the glass and cut off the bonding agent to remove the glass NOTE Leave as much bonding agent as possible on the body when removing the bonding portion of the glass Ins...

Страница 1804: ...a brush NOTE Allow the primer coat to dry for a minimum of 3 minutes Do not apply the primer to the bonding agent Do not save the opened primer M for later use 9 Apply a layer of primer G on the conta...

Страница 1805: ...l the upper windshield molding on the body and tap it lightly to fasten it Install the outer windshield molding Rear Window Removal 1 Open the back cargo door 2 Remove the back cargo door trim panel 3...

Страница 1806: ...primer M for later use 8 Apply a layer of primer G on the contact surface of the glass Apply a layer of primer G on the edges and the contact surface of the glass with a brush or sponge Wipe the exce...

Страница 1807: ...bonding agent with a scraper 14 Clamp the glass until the bonding agent has hard ened 15 Check for water leakage Perform the leakage test after the hardening period Seal any leaks with the proper sea...

Страница 1808: ...SUNROOF Description BESM150008 15 224 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1809: ...le 8 Sunroof Motor 9 Sunroof Deflector 10 Sunroof Glass 11 Guiding Gutter 12 Sun Visor 13 Operation The sunroof control module monitors the sunroof switch input The sunroof control module controls the...

Страница 1810: ...Electrical Schematics Sunroof Page 1 of 2 SUNROOF LTSMW150033T 15 226 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1811: ...Sunroof Page 2 of 2 SUNROOF LTSMW150034T 15 15 227 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1812: ...f will need to be initialized 2 Sunroof Mechanical Failure If after the sunroof has been used for a period of time and can not be closed in position there is a gap between mechanical components The ti...

Страница 1813: ...the full closed position Begin to adjust the four glass retaining bolts while pulling the glass slightly forward Turn on the power switch and operate the sunroof to test the operation check and adjust...

Страница 1814: ...etaining bolts 1 5 Remove the sunroof motor 6 Installation is in the reverse order of removal Sunroof Control Module Removal Installation 1 Operate the sunroof to the full closed position before disas...

Страница 1815: ...he weatherstrip installation every corner should be fitted in place with no folds The joint of the weath erstrip should be placed in the lower middle of the door opening The weatherstrip should have a...

Страница 1816: ...place with no folds The joint of the weatherstrip should be placed in the lower mid dle of the door opening The weatherstrip should have a proper rigidity and should not interfere with the opening an...

Страница 1817: ...Wiper Arm Rear Wiper Arm Front Wiper Link Washer Bottle Washer Pump Operation The wiper system is controlled by the wiper and washer switch The wiper and washer system operate with the ignition switc...

Страница 1818: ...Electrical Schematics Wiper and Washer System Page 1 of 4 WIPERS AND WASHERS LTSMW150013T 15 234 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1819: ...Wiper and Washer System Page 2 of 4 WIPERS AND WASHERS LTSMW150014T 15 15 235 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1820: ...Wiper and Washer System Page 3 of 4 WIPERS AND WASHERS LTSMW150083T 15 236 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1821: ...Wiper and Washer System Page 4 of 4 WIPERS AND WASHERS LTSMW150084T 15 15 237 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1822: ...s to 55 3 N m 4 Remove two wiper arms 5 Remove the lower trim panel of the front windshield 6 Remove the wiper arm linkage mechanism mount ing bolts 1 Tighten Wiper arm linkage mechanism mounting bolt...

Страница 1823: ...ubber ring Tighten Rear wiper arm mounting nut to 20 3 N m 4 Open the back cargo door 5 Remove the back door panel 6 Disconnect the rear wiper motor electrical connec tor 2 and the rear wiper motor mo...

Страница 1824: ...m 3 Remove two wiper arms 1 Rear Wiper Arm Removal Installation 1 Remove the rear wiper arm nut protective cap from the rear wiper arm 2 Remove the wiper arm mounting nut 1 and remove the wiper arm a...

Страница 1825: ...Bumper Removal Installation in Section 15 Body Accessories 3 Disconnect the washer hose and the washer pump electrical connector 4 Remove the mounting bolts 1 as shown to remove the washer bottle 5 In...

Страница 1826: ...allation in Section 11 Steering 3 Remove the steering column shroud retaining screws 1 and then remove the shroud 4 Disconnect the wiper switch electrical connector 5 Loosen the clamp and remove the w...

Страница 1827: ...l Symbols 16 3 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING 16 5 Troubleshooting Wiring Problems 16 5 Testing For Voltage 16 5 Testing For Continuity 16 5 Testing For A Short To Ground 16 5 Intermittent and Poor Connec...

Страница 1828: ...electrical schematics are designed to provide information regarding the vehicles wiring content In order to effectively use the wiring diagrams to diagnose and repair Chery vehicles it is important t...

Страница 1829: ...are used throughout the wiring diagrams These symbols are consistent with those being used around the world See How to Read Electrical Schematics in Section 01 General Information GENERAL INFORMATION...

Страница 1830: ...ional depending on vehicle application 11 Option abbreviation This represents that the circuit is optional depending on vehicle application 12 Ground GND This represents the ground connection See Grou...

Страница 1831: ...onnect the battery 2 Connect one lead of the ohmmeter to one side of the circuit being tested 3 Connect the other lead to the other end of the circuit being tested low or no resistance means good cont...

Страница 1832: ...r source line to a body ground This may cause burning or other damage to wiring harnesses or electronic components Voltmeter The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit volt age A voltmeter with a ran...

Страница 1833: ...tween two points in a circuit and to check for continuity and short circuits CAUTION Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit where voltage is applied This will damage the ohmmeter ELECTRICAL TROUBL...

Страница 1834: ...ether NOTE Do not use acid core solder when making wiring repairs 5 Solder the connection together using a soldering iron and rosin core type solder only 6 Center the heat shrink tubing over the joint...

Страница 1835: ...nnectors or removing elec trical parts disconnect the negative battery cable Sensors Switches and Relays Handle sensors switches and relays carefully Do not drop them or strike them against other obje...

Страница 1836: ...nectors When disconnecting 2 connectors grasp the con nectors not the wires Connectors can be disconnected by pressing or pulling the lock lever as shown ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS BESM010018 BESM010019 16...

Страница 1837: ...nector Terminal Replacement Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as shown While installing a terminal be sure to insert it until it locks securely Insert a thin piece of metal from the termi...

Страница 1838: ...VEHICLE POWER DISTRIBUTION GENERAL INFORMATION 16 13 Description 16 13 Operation 16 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 16 14 Electrical Schematics 16 14 16 12 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1839: ...ll vehicle electrical and electronic systems The following components are used for power distribution Battery Power Fuse Box Body Fuse and Relay Box Front Fuse and Relay Box Ignition Switch Fuses Circ...

Страница 1840: ...include all wiring information detailed on the power side of all vehicle circuits This is helpful when attempting to troubleshoot a specific electrical failure and shows connector pin out infor matio...

Страница 1841: ...Power Distribution Page 2 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170022T 16 16 15 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1842: ...Power Distribution Page 3 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170023T 16 16 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1843: ...Power Distribution Page 4 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170024T 16 16 17 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1844: ...Power Distribution Page 5 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170025T 16 18 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1845: ...Power Distribution Page 6 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170026T 16 16 19 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1846: ...Power Distribution Page 7 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170027T 16 20 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1847: ...Power Distribution Page 8 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170028T 16 16 21 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1848: ...Power Distribution Page 9 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170029T 16 22 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1849: ...Power Distribution Page 10 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170030T 16 16 23 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1850: ...Power Distribution Page 11 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170031T 16 24 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1851: ...Power Distribution Page 12 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170032T 16 16 25 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1852: ...Power Distribution Page 13 of 13 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170033T 16 26 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1853: ...VEHICLE GROUND DISTRIBUTION GENERAL INFORMATION 16 28 Description 16 28 Operation 16 28 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS 16 29 Electrical Schematics 16 29 16 16 27 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1854: ...centralized and convenient ground locations for the entire vehi cle electrical system Operation The ground distribution system provides a grounding path for all electrical and electronic engine trans...

Страница 1855: ...nclude all wiring information detailed on the ground side of all vehicle circuits This is helpful when attempting to troubleshoot a specific electrical failure and shows connector pin out infor mation...

Страница 1856: ...Ground Distribution Page 2 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170041T 16 30 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1857: ...Ground Distribution Page 3 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170042T 16 16 31 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1858: ...Ground Distribution Page 4 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170043T 16 32 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1859: ...Ground Distribution Page 5 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170044T 16 16 33 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1860: ...Ground Distribution Page 6 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170045T 16 34 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1861: ...Ground Distribution Page 7 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170046T 16 16 35 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1862: ...Ground Distribution Page 8 of 8 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS LTSMW170047T 16 36 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1863: ...eration 16 38 Power Fuse Box 16 38 Description 16 38 Operation 16 38 Overview 16 39 Front Fuse and Relay Box 16 40 Description 16 40 Operation 16 40 Overview 16 41 Body Fuse and Relay Box 16 42 Descri...

Страница 1864: ...al system overload If a properly rated fuse con tinues to open it indicates a problem in the circuit that must be corrected Power Fuse Box Description The power fuse box is located on the side of the...

Страница 1865: ...Overview Power Fuse Box GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW170004T 16 16 39 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1866: ...the fuses and relays cannot be serviced it must be replaced as a unit Operation When a circuit fails the fuse will blow and remove current from the circuit The front fuse and relay box is equipped wit...

Страница 1867: ...Overview Front Fuse And Relay Box GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW170005T 16 16 41 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1868: ...nt side of the interior of the cabin and under the instrument panel which is mounted on the cross beam of the instrument panel All the fuses and relays cannot be serviced it must be replaced as a unit...

Страница 1869: ...Overview Body Fuse And Relay Box GENERAL INFORMATION LTSMW170006T 16 16 43 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1870: ...6L 1 8L Engine 16 48 Engine Control Harness With ACTECO 2 0L Engine 16 51 Engine Control Harness With MITSUBISHI 2 4L Engine 16 53 Engine Room Harness With 2 0L 2 4L Engine 16 55 Main Harness 16 58 B...

Страница 1871: ...r Door LH Harness Rear Door RH Harness Back Door Harness Roof Harness Restraints Harness Operation Use the wiring harness diagrams in each harness section for component ground and splice identificatio...

Страница 1872: ...VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS Vehicle Harness Layout Vehicle Harness Layout Page 1 of 2 LTSMW170007T 16 46 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1873: ...Vehicle Harness Layout Page 2 of 2 VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170008T 16 16 47 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1874: ...Engine Control Harness With 1 6L 1 8L Engine VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170018T 16 48 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1875: ...Sensor B3 E 018 B 1 Starter Motor B4 E 019 B 2 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor C4 E 020 B 4 Ignition Coil C4 E 021 B 2 Backup Lamp Switch C4 E 022 B 3 Canister Control Valve C4 E 023 B 3 Vehicle Spe...

Страница 1876: ...And Relay Box B D2 E 092 W 14 Front Fuse And Relay Box C D2 E 093 B 1 Front Fuse And Relay Box D D2 E 094 B 1 Front Fuse And Relay Box E D2 E 095 W 4 Front Fuse And Relay Box F D2 E 096 W 20 Front Fus...

Страница 1877: ...Engine Control Harness With ACTECO 2 0L Engine VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170002T 16 16 51 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1878: ...1 Oil Pressure Switch B2 E 017 B 3 Knock Sensor C3 E 018 B 1 Starter Motor C3 E 019 B 2 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor C4 E 020 B 4 Ignition Coil C4 E 022 B 2 Canister Control Valve C4 E 026 B 2 S...

Страница 1879: ...Engine Control Harness With MITSUBISHI 2 4L Engine VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170003T 16 16 53 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1880: ...69 GR 3 Ignition Coil 1 D2 E 070 GR 3 Ignition Coil 2 D4 E 071 GR 2 Canister Control Valve D3 E 072 BR 2 EGR Control Solenoid Valve D3 E 074 B 4 Upstream Oxygen Sensor C4 E 076 B 4 Throttle Position S...

Страница 1881: ...Engine Room Harness With 2 0L 2 4L Engine VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170001T 16 16 55 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1882: ...5 W 16 Front Fuse And Relay Box A D2 A 026 W 8 Front Fuse And Relay Box B D2 A 027 W 14 Front Fuse And Relay Box C D2 A 028 B 1 Front Fuse And Relay Box D D2 A 029 B 3 Accelerator Sensor C2 A 032 B 2...

Страница 1883: ...102 B 16 To E 105 D3 A 103 W 18 To B 106 D1 A 201 Ground D2 A 202 Ground D5 A 203 Ground D5 A 204 Ground D1 A 205 Ground D1 A 206 Ground D2 VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS 16 16 57 Chery Automobile Co Lt...

Страница 1884: ...Main Harness VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170014T 16 58 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1885: ...2 Clutch Pedal Switch A3 C 025 B 8 Immobilizer Control Module C3 C 027 BR 6 Shifter Selector D3 C 028 L 10 Winter Mode Shifter Selector Register D5 C 030 L 32 CAN Converter B3 C 031 B 16 Audio C2 C 0...

Страница 1886: ...3 C 108 W 14 To E 108 G3 C 109 W 18 To E 101 A3 C 110 W 10 To F 100 G3 C 112 B 22 To B 112 F3 C 201 B 20 Ground C4 C 202 Ground E4 C 203 Ground E4 C 204 Ground E4 VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS 16 60 Ch...

Страница 1887: ...Body Harness VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170015T 16 16 61 Chery Automobile Co Ltd...

Страница 1888: ...Rear Wheel Speed Sensor RH D3 B 023 B 3 Decelerator Sensor D2 B 032a B 4 Fuel Level Sensor And Fuel Pump With ACTECO Engine System D3 B 032b B 4 Fuel Level Sensor And Fuel Pump With MITSUBISHI 2 4L En...

Страница 1889: ...ntrol Unit F 002 W 6 Front Courtesy Dome Lamp Assembly F 003 W 2 Mid Courtesy Dome Lamp Assembly F 004 W 2 Rear Room Assembly F 100 W 10 To C 110 F 201 Ground VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS LTSMW170016T...

Страница 1890: ...Mirror LH D 004 B 2 Front Speaker LH D 005 B 1 Outside Mirror Remote Control Switch D 006 B 2 Front Door Lock Assembly LH D 007 GR 4 Front Door Lock Assembly LH D 008 B 4 Front Door Lock Assembly LH...

Страница 1891: ...3 L 6 Outside Mirror RH G 004 B 2 Front Speaker RH G 006 B 2 Front Door Lock Assembly RH G 007 GR 4 Front Door Lock Assembly RH G 008 GR 4 Front Door Lock Assembly RH G 009 W 2 Step Lamp RH G 100 W 14...

Страница 1892: ...dow Motor LH I 002 B 10 Rear Power Window Switch LH I 003 B 2 Rear Door Lock Assembly LH I 004 GR 4 Rear Door Lock Assembly LH I 005 B 2 Rear Speaker LH I 100 W 14 To B 107 VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAP...

Страница 1893: ...ow Motor RH H 002 B 10 Rear Power Window Switch RH H 003 B 2 Rear Door Lock Assembly RH H 004 GR 4 Rear Door Lock Assembly RH H 005 B 2 Rear Speaker RH H 100 W 14 To B 108 VEHICLE HARNESS ROUTING MAPS...

Страница 1894: ...GR 4 Back Door Lock Assembly L 004 GR 4 Back Door Lock Assembly L 005 B1 Rear Window Defogger L 006 W 2 High Mounted Stop Lamp L 007 B 2 Rear Fog Lamp L 008 W 2 License Plate Lamp L 100 W 14 To B 110...

Страница 1895: ...2 Front Passenger Airbag J 003 G 2 Driver Airbag J 005 B 2 Spiral Cable J 006 W 2 Driver Seatbelt Pre Tensioner J 007 G 2 Passenger Seatbelt Pre Tensioner J 100 W 6 To C 106 J 201 Ground VEHICLE HARN...

Страница 1896: ...d Down Starting System 5 8 Battery Tray Starting System 5 9 Battery Starting System 5 7 Bleeding Hydraulic Clutch Clutch System 8 325 Blower Motor Resistor Manual Temperature Control 13 16 Blower Moto...

Страница 1897: ...omatic Transaxle 8 158 Diagnosis Testing Front Axle 9 4 Diagnosis Testing Front Suspension 10 6 Diagnosis Testing Fuel Delivery System 4 12 Diagnosis Testing Manual Temperature Control 13 12 Diagnosis...

Страница 1898: ...hanical 2 189 Engine Unit Repair 1 6L 1 8L Engine Mechanical 2 50 Engine Unit Repair 2 0L Engine Mechanical 2 123 Engine Unit Repair 2 4L Engine Mechanical 2 217 Evaporative Emissions 3 576 Evaporator...

Страница 1899: ...7 2 General Information F4A4 Automatic Transaxle 8 144 General Information Front Axle 9 2 General Information Front Differential 8 308 General Information Front Suspension 10 2 General Information Fu...

Страница 1900: ...Base Brakes 12 11 Master Cylinder RHD Base Brakes 12 12 Middle Rear Courtesy Dome Lamp Body Interior 15 91 Mirrors Body Exterior 15 209 Muffler Exhaust System 7 6 N Negative Battery Cable Starting Sys...

Страница 1901: ...1 37 Power Steering Pressure and Return Lines 2 4L Power Steering Pump 11 39 Power Steering Pump 11 31 Power Steering Pump 1 6L 1 8L 2 0L Power Steering Pump 11 34 Power Steering Pump 2 4L Power Steer...

Страница 1902: ...3 540 Tie Rod Steering Gear 11 29 Timing Belt Automatic Tensioner 2 4L Engine Mechanical 2 196 Tire Repair Wheels and Tires 10 51 Tire Rotation Wheels and Tires 10 53 Transaxle Clutch Housing Assembly...

Страница 1903: ...xterior 15 241 Weatherstrip Body Exterior 15 231 Wheel Assembly Wheels and Tires 10 52 Wheel Balance Wheels and Tires 10 52 Wheels and Tires 10 47 Wiper Switch Body Exterior 15 242 Wipers and Washers...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды